+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System...

Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System...

Date post: 02-Jun-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 6 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
251
http://www.gratisexam.com/ Testkings.70-243.205.QA Number : 70-243 Passing Score : 800 Time Limit : 120 min File Version : 5.40 http://www.gratisexam.com/ 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit size and Drag drops/hot spot questions. 2. Absolutely Valid in Poland, South Africa, Netherlands, India and Spain. 3. This is a great opportunity for those who want to get certified in Microsoft certifications. 4. Best of luck guys , Use this Exam and pass your Microsoft Certification now.
Transcript
Page 1: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Testkings.70-243.205.QA

Number: 70-243Passing Score: 800Time Limit: 120 minFile Version: 5.40

http://www.gratisexam.com/

70-243

Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit size and Drag drops/hot spot questions.2. Absolutely Valid in Poland, South Africa, Netherlands, India and Spain. 3. This is a great opportunity for those who want to get certified in Microsoft certifications.4. Best of luck guys , Use this Exam and pass your Microsoft Certification now.

Page 2: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam A

QUESTION 1Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

The Configuration Manager databases are located on a remote server that runs Microsoft SQL Server.

You need to ensure that you can restore the Central Administration site.

What should you do?

A. From the Configuration Manager console, enable the Backup Site Server maintenance task and set aschedule.B. From Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, create a maintenance plan for the site databases.C. From Task Scheduler, create a scheduled task that runs smssqlbkup.exe.D. From Windows Server Backup, schedule a full system backup.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712697.aspx Backup and Recovery in Configuration ManagerEnterprise solutions such as System Center 2012 Configuration Manager must prepare for both backup andrecovery operations to avoid loss of critical data. ForConfiguration Manager sites, this preparation ensures thatsites and hierarchies are recovered with the least data loss and in the quickest possible time...Back up a Configuration Manager SiteSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager provides a backup maintenance task that runs on a schedule andbacks up the site database, specific registry keys,and specific folders and files...Backup Maintenance TaskYou can automate backup for Configuration Manager sites by scheduling the predefined Backup Site Servermaintenance task. You can back up a centraladministration site and primary site, but there is no backupsupport for secondary sites or site system servers...To enable the site backup maintenance task1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Administration.2. In the Administration workspace, expand Site Configuration, and then click Sites.3. Select the site in which you want to enable the site backup maintenance task.4. On the Home tab, in the Settings group, click Site Maintenance Tasks.5. Click Backup Site Server and then click Edit.6. Select Enable this task, and then click Set Paths to specify the backup destination.

Page 3: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

7. Configure an appropriate schedule for the site backup task. As a best practice, consider a backup schedulethat is outside active working hours. If you have ahierarchy, consider a schedule that runs at least two timesa week to ensure maximum data retention in the event of site failure.8. Select whether to create an alert if the site backup task fails, click OK, and then click OK. When selected,Configuration Manager creates a critical alert for thebackup failure that you can review in the Alerts node inthe Monitoring workspace.

QUESTION 2Your network contains a single Active Directory forest named contoso.com.

Contoso.com contains three System Center 2012 Configuration Manager sites and one System CenterConfiguration Manager 2007 site.

You need to ensure that you can transfer objects from Configuration Manager 2007 to ConfigurationManager 2012.

What should you do?

A. Assign the computer account of the Central Administration site server permission to the ConfigurationManager 2007 site.Assign the computer account of the Central Administration site server permissions to the Microsoft SQLServer database instance.

B. Extend the Active Directory schema and assign the Central Administration site server permissions to theSystem\System Management container.C. Connect the Configuration Manager 2007 primary site as a child primary site of the Configuration Manager2012 primary site.D. Connect the Configuration Manager 2012 primary site as a child primary site of the Configuration Manager2007 primary site.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712991.aspx Determine Whether to Migrate Configuration Manager 2007 to System Center 2012 ConfigurationManagerIn Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, the built-in migration functionality replaces in-placeupgrades of existing Configuration Managerinfrastructure by providing a process that transfers data fromactive Configuration Manager 2007 sites. The functionality provided by migration helps youmaintaininvestments that you have made in configurations and deployments while you can take full advantage of corechanges in the product introduced in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager. These changes include asimplified Configuration Manager hierarchy that uses fewer sites and resources, and the improvedprocessingby use of native 64-bit code that runs on 64-bit hardware.

Migration can transfer most data from Configuration Manager 2007.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg681981.aspx

Planning for Migration to System Center 2012 Configuration Manager You must first install a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager hierarchy to be thedestination hierarchybefore you can migrate data from a supported source hierarchy. After you install the destination hierarchy, configure the management featuresand functions that you want touse in your destination hierarchy before you start to migrate data.

Page 4: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712313.aspx Prerequisites for Migration in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager To migrate from a supportedsource hierarchy, you must have access to each applicable ConfigurationManager source site, and permissions within the System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager destination siteto configure and run migration operations.

Required Configurations for Migration..Data GatheringTo enable the destination site to gather data, you must configure the following two source site accessaccounts for use with each source site:* Source Site Account: This account is used to access the SMS Provider of the source site.* For a Configuration Manager 2007 SP2 source site, this account requires Read permission to allsource site objects.* For a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager source site, this account requires Readpermission to all source site objects, You grant this permission to theaccount by using role- basedadministration.

* Source Site Database Account: This account is used to access the SQL Server database of thesource site and requires Read and Execute permissions to thesource site database. You can configure these accounts when you configure a new source hierarchy, data gathering for anadditional source site, or when youreconfigure the credentials for a source site. These accounts can usea domain user account, or you can specify the computer account of the top-level site of thedestinationhierarchy.

Security Note: If you use the Configuration Manager computer account for either access account, ensurethat this account is a member of the security groupDistributed COM Users in the domain where thesource site resides.

When gathering data, the following network protocols and ports are used:NetBIOS/SMB 445 (TCP)RPC (WMI) - 135 (TCP)SQL Server - 1433 (TCP)...

QUESTION 3Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to deploy applications. The company purchases a new application named App1. App1 can beinstalled only on client computersthat run Windows 7.

You need to ensure that App1 is installed only on Windows 7 computers that have at least 2 Gb ofmemory and 300 Gb of free disk space.

What should you create?

A. a Query objectB. custom client user settingsC. a configuration baselineD. requirement rules

Page 5: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682082.aspx How to Deploy Applications in Configuration ManagerBefore you can deploy an application in Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you mustcreate at least one deployment type for the application.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682174.aspx How to Create Deployment Types in Configuration Manager Steps to Create a Deployment TypeStep 1: Start the Create Deployment Type Wizard.Step 2: Specify whether you want to automatically detect or to manually define the deployment typeinformation.

Step 3: Specify the content options for the deployment type. Step 4: Configure the detection methods to indicate the presence of the application. Step 5: Specify theuser experience options for the deployment type. Step 6: Specify the requirements for the deployment type. Requirements are used to specify the conditions thatmust be met before a deployment type can beinstalled on a client device.

Step 7: Specify the dependencies for the deployment type. Step 8: Confirm the deployment type settings and complete the wizard. Step 9: Configure additionaloptions for the deployment types that contain virtual applications. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682174.aspx#BKMK_Step61 Step 6: SpecifyRequirements for the Deployment Type1. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Add to open the CreateRequirement dialog box, and add a new requirement.

2. From the Category drop-down list, select whether this requirement is for a device or a user, or selectCustom to use a previously created global condition. Whenyou select Custom, you can also click Create tocreate a new global condition.

Important: If you create a requirement of the category User and the condition Primary Device, andthen deploy the application to a device collection, the requirementwill evaluate as false.3. From the Condition drop-down list, select the condition that you want to use to assess whether the user ordevice meets the installation requirements. Thecontents of this list will vary depending on the selectedcategory.

4. From the Operator drop-down list, choose the operator that will be used to compare the selected conditionto the specified value to assess whether the user ordevice meets in the installation requirement. Theavailable operators will vary depending on the selected condition.5. In the Value field, specify the values that will be used with the selected condition and operator whether theuser or device meets in the installation requirement.The available values will vary depending on theselected condition and the selected operator.

6. Click OK to save the requirement rule and exit the Create Requirement dialog box.7. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Next. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682048.aspx How to Create GlobalConditions in Configuration Manager In System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, global conditions are rules that represent business or technicalconditions thatyou can use to specify how an application is provided and deployed to client devices.

QUESTION 4Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to distribute operating system images.

Page 6: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You receive 300 new desktop computers. All of the client computers have the same hardware configuration.

When you attempt to deploy a Windows 7 image to one of the client computers, you receive an error messageindicating that a storage device cannot be foundduring the pre-boot deployment phase.You need to ensure that you can deploy Windows 7 to the new computers by using an image.

What should you do?

A. Update the existing boot image to include the storage drivers.B. Clear the contents of the Drivers container and update the task sequence.C. Import the storage drivers to the Drivers container and update the task sequence.D. Create a new driver package and update the task sequence.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712674.aspx Planning a Device Driver Strategy in Configuration Manager ...Planning a Device Driver Strategy in Configuration Manager You can add Windows device drivers that have been imported into the driver catalog to boot images.Usethe following guidelines when you add device drivers to a boot image:* Add only mass storage and network adapter device drivers to boot images because other types ofdrivers are not generally required. Drivers that are not requiredincrease the size of the boot imageunnecessarily.

* Add only device drivers for Windows 7 to a boot image because the required version of Windows PE isbased on Windows 7.* Ensure that you use the correct device driver for the architecture of the boot image. Do not add an x86device driver to an x64 boot image.

QUESTION 5Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You need to change the organization name displayed by Configuration Manager.

Page 7: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which settings should you modify from the Configuration Manager console?

A. Client PolicyB. Computer AgentC. User and Device AffinityD. Compliance Settings

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Administration -> Client Settings -> Default Client Settings -> Computer Agent

Page 8: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 9: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 6Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

In Default Client Agent Settings, you enable Hardware Inventory and Software Inventory.

You discover that a group of client computers fails to report software inventory data.The client computers report hardware inventory data.

You confirm that Configuration Manager can deploy Applications to the group of client computers.

You need to identify what is causing the reporting issue.

Which log files should you review? (Choose all that Apply.)

A. Filesystemfile.logB. Dataldr.logC. Mp_sinv.logD. Inventoryagent.logE. Hman.log

Correct Answer: ACDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager Configuration Manager Site Server Log Files- Site Server and Site System Server Logs dataldr.logSite server log fileRecords information about the processing of Management Information Format (MIF) files and hardwareinventory in the Configuration Manager database.Configuration Manager Client Logs - Client OperationsInventoryagent.logClient log fileRecords activities of hardware inventory, software inventory, and heartbeat discovery actions on theclient.Further information:Configuration Manager Client Logs - Client OperationsFileSystemFile.logClient log fileRecords the activity of the Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) provider for software inventoryand file collection.Management Point Logs FilesMp_sinv.log

Page 10: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Site system server log fileRecords details about the conversion of XML software inventory records from clients and the copy ofthose files to the site server.Configuration Manager Site Server Log Files - Site Server and Site System Server Logs Hman.logSite server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.

QUESTION 7You create a deployment to install Microsoft Office 2010.

The deployment targets 5,000 client computers on the network.

Two weeks after you create the deployment, you discover that Office 2010 fails to install on a clientcomputer named Computer 1.

You need to identify whether Computer1 started downloading the Application of Office 2010.Which log file should you review?

A. Locationservices.logB. Ccm.logC. Sdmagent.logD. Sitestat.logE. Rcmctrl.logF. Dcmagent.logG. Contenttransfermanager.logH. Smsexec.logI. Wsyncmgr.logJ. Ciagent.logK. Hman.tog

Correct Answer: GSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager ContentTransferManager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Further information:hman.logSite server log file

Page 11: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Records information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability and disk space monitoring process of all site systems.DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informative details aboutinstalling the software updates required forcompliance.

Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Ciagent.logClient log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.Smsexec.logSite server or site system server log fileRecords the processing of all site server component threads.Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.

QUESTION 8Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Management environment. The environment contains a Central Administration site and two primarychild sites named Child1 andChild2.

You create a new Application on the Central Administration site.

You view the new Application on Child1, but the new Application fails to appear on Child2.

You need to identify whether the Application transferred to Child2.

Which log file should you review?

A. Locationservices.logB. Smsexec.logC. Ccm.log

Page 12: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Sdmagent.logE. Dcmagent.logF. Rcmctrl.logG. Wsyncmgr.logH. Ciagent.logI. Hman.logJ. Contenttransfermanager.logK. Sitestat.log

Correct Answer: FSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Further information:hman.logSite server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability and disk space monitoring process of all site systems.DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.ContentTransferManager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informative details aboutinstalling the software updates required forcompliance.Ciagent.log

Page 13: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Client log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.Smsexec.logSite server or site system server log fielRecords the processing of all site server component threads.Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.

QUESTION 9Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You create two custom client agent settings named ClientSettings1 and ClientSettings2.

You apply ClientSettings1 to all of the client computers in the sales department.

You apply ClientSettings2 to all of the client computers in the marketing department.

The client computers in the marketing department contain several custom registry settings.

You need to collect the custom registry settings from the marketing department computers.

What should you do?

A. Edit the default client agent settings and include the custom registry informationB. Edit ClientSettings2 and exclude the custom registry information.C. Create a new set of custom client agent settings for the marketing department and include the customregistry information.D. Edit ClientSettings2 and include the custom registry information.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712688.aspx Planning for Client Settings in Configuration ManagerUse client settings in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to configure user and device settings for thehierarchy. Client settings include configurationoptions such as the hardware inventory and schedule, and thepolling schedule for client policy.

All Configuration Manager clients in the hierarchy use the Default Client Settings that are automatically createdwhen you install Configuration Manager. However,you can modify the default client settings and you cancreate custom client settings to override the default client settings for specific users or devices.When youcreate a set of custom client settings, you must assign it to one or more collections for the settingsto be applied to the collection members. If you apply multiple setsof custom client settings to the same user ordevice, you can control the order in which these settings are applied according to the order that you specify.Custom

Page 14: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

device or user settings with an Order value of 1 are always processed last and will override any otherconfigurations. The Default Client Settings has a permanentorder of 10,000, which ensures it is always appliedbefore any custom settings are applied. When there is a conflict of settings, the client setting that was appliedlast(with the lower order value) overrides any previous settings. You can view the resultant client settings for auser or a device by using the System Center 2012Configuration Manager reports.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682067.aspx About Client Settings in Configuration ManagerAll client settings in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager are managed in the Configuration Managerconsole from the Client Settings node in theAdministration workspace. A set of default settings is supplied withConfiguration Manager. When you modify the default client settings, these settings are applied toall clients inthe hierarchy. You can also configure custom client settings, which override the default client settings whenyou assign these to collections.Client settings for devices:Background Intelligent TransferClient PolicyCompliance SettingsComputer AgentComputer RestartEndpoint ProtectionHardware InventoryMetered Internet ConnectionsNetwork Access Protection (NAP)Power ManagementRemote ToolsSoftware DeploymentSoftware InventorySoftware UpdatesUser and Device Affinity

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109.aspx How to Configure Client Settings in Configuration Manager You manage all client settings in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager from the Client Settings node inthe Administration workspace of the Configuration Manager console. Modify the default settingswhen you wantto configure settings for all users and devices in the hierarchy that do not have any custom settings applied. Ifyou want to apply different settings tojust some users or devices, create custom settings and deploy these tocollections. Note:You can also use configuration items to manage clients to assess, track,and remediate theconfiguration compliance of devices.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109.aspx#BKMK_CustomClientSettings How to Create and Deploy Custom Client SettingsTo configure and deploy custom client settingsFurther information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109#BKMK_CustomClientSettings Really not sure:-Create a new set of custom client agent settings for the marketing department and include the custom registryinformation.- Edit ClientSettings2 and include the custom registry information. <--- probably notBecause editing isn't that easy.It is common sense, that you just add another client setting and deploy it to the collection. Why? All settings can be separately deleted and especially named. Easierto handle.

QUESTION 10Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Page 15: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Software Inventory and Hardware Inventory are enabled for all of the client computers. All of the client computers have an Application named App1 installed.App1 saves files to the C:\ABC folder.

All of the files saved by App1 have a file name extension of .abc. You configure Software Inventory to inventory all of the files that have the .abc extension and the.exeextension.

After six months, you discover that some of the client computers failed to inventory .abc files.All of theclient computers inventory .exe files.

You need to ensure that the .abc files are inventoried.

What should you do?

A. Modify C:\Program Files\App1\NO_SMS_On_Drive.sms.B. Delete C:\Program Files\App1\NO_SMS_On_Drive.sms.C. Modify C:\ABC\Skpswi.dat.D. Delete C:\ABC\Skpswi.dat.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh691018.aspx How to Exclude Folders from Software Inventory in Configuration Manager You can create a hidden filenamed Skpswi.dat and place it in the root of a client hard drive to exclude it fromSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager software inventory. You can also placethis file in the root of anyfolder structure you want to exclude from software inventory. This procedure can be used to disable softwareinventory on a singleworkstation or server client, such as a large file server.Note: Software inventory will not inventory the client drive again unless this file is deleted from the drive ontheclient computer.

QUESTION 11Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You write the following query:SelectSYS.Name from SMS_R_System SYSJoinSMS_G_System_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS ARPOnARP.ResourceId = SYS.ResourceId

You need to create a list of all the client computers that have a version of Visual Studio installed.What should you add to the query?

Page 16: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. where ARP.DisplayName like "Visual Studio*"B. where ARP.DisplayName = "*Visual Studio*"C. where ARP.DisplayName = "%%Visual Studio"D. where ARP.DisplayName like "Visual studio%"

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You need to receive an email message every day that lists all non-compliant clients.

What should you do?

A. Create an alert subscription.B. Configure a Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) report.C. Configure an in-console alert.D. Create a ConfigMgr query.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:My first option was "Create an alert subscription.".However, the questionsays that you need to receive an email "every day", not instantly. You might call it adaily digest.When you set up an alert subscription, you receive an email alert instantly, whenever that alert happens. Sothis might not be the answer that this question is lookingfor. I've noticed that this test emphasises somewhat on the "SQL Server Business Intelligence DevelopmentStudio" and the "Reports Builder".Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg508710.aspx Overview of Custom ReportsCustom reports are intended for advanced users who are comfortable creating their own reports by usingMicrosoft SQL Server Reporting Services and SQL Server Business Intelligence Development Studio, SQLServer Reporting Services Report Builder, or Microsoft Visual Studio Report Designer. http://technet.microsoft.com/library/ms159155%28SQL.100%29.aspx

Page 17: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Configuring a Report Server for E-Mail DeliveryReporting Services includes an e-mail delivery extension so that you can distribute reports through e-mail.Depending on how you define the e-mail subscription, a delivery might consist of a notification, link,attachment, or embedded report.The report server e-mail delivery extension is not configured by default. You must use the Reporting ServicesConfiguration tool to minimally configure the extension.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427334.aspx Configuring Alerts in Configuration ManagerAlerts in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager are generated by some operations when a specificcondition occurs. Typically, alerts are generated when anerror occurs that you must resolve. Additionally, analert might be generated to warn you that a condition exists so that you can continue to monitor the situation.You can configure alerts for some Configuration Manager operations, such as Endpoint Protection and clientstatus, whereas some alerts are configuredautomatically. Additionally, you can configure subscriptions toalerts for client status and Endpoint Protection that will be emailed to you.

Page 18: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 19: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh508782.aspx How to Configure Alerts for Endpoint Protection in Configuration Manager You can configure EndpointProtection alerts in Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to notifyadministrative users when specific security events occur in your hierarchy.Notifications display in the EndpointProtection dashboard in the Configuration Manager console, in reports, and you can configure them to beemailed to specifiedrecipients. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj591552.aspx What's New in Configuration Manager SP1Email alert subscriptions are now supported for all features, not just Endpoint Protection.

Page 20: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 13Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.The environment contains a reporting services point.

A group of users is responsible for creating custom reports.The custom reports will be published.

You need to identify which tools can be used to create and publish custom reports to Microsoft SQLServer Reporting Services (SSRS).Which tools should you identify?(Choose all that apply.)

A. Report BuilderB. Microsoft SQL Server Business Intelligence Development StudioC. Microsoft Access 2010D. Reporting Services Configuration ManagerE. Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg508710.aspx Overview of Custom ReportsCustom reports are intended for advanced users who are comfortable creating their own reports by usingMicrosoft SQL Server Reporting Services and SQL ServerBusiness Intelligence Development Studio, SQLServer Reporting Services Report Builder, or Microsoft Visual Studio Report Designer.

Further information:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms155792(v=sql.100) Reporting Services Components and Toolshttp://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms345231.aspxCustom Report Itemshttp://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms345253Custom Report Item Implementation Requirementshttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682105.aspx Introduction to Reporting in Configuration Managerhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338693.aspx Creating Custom Report Models in SQL Server Reporting Services

QUESTION 14Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You create a report named Report1.Report1 is used by multiple users.

Page 21: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Users report that it takes too long to load Report1.You need to reduce the amount of time it takes to load Report1.

What should you do?

A. Enable caching for the report.B. Decrease the Size of the ReportServer database.C. Decrease the session timeout value for the Reports website.D. Increase the size of the ReportServerTempDB database.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb522786.aspx Performance, Snapshots, Caching (Reporting Services)Report server performance is affected by a combination of factors that include hardware, number of concurrentusers accessing reports, the amount of data in areport, and output format. To understand the performancefactors that are specific to your installation and which remedies will produce the results you want, you willneedto get baseline data and run tests.

General principles to consider include the following:Report processing and rendering are memory intensive operations. When possible, choose a computer thathas a lot of memory.

Hosting the report server and the report server database on separate computers tends to provide betterperformance than hosting both on a single high-endcomputer. If all reports are processing slowly, consider a scale-out deployment where multiple report server instancessupport a single report server database. Forbest results, use load balancing software to distribute requestsevenly across the deployment.

If a single report is processing slowly, tune report dataset queries if the report must run on demand. Youmight also consider using shared datasets that you cancache, caching the report, or running the report as asnapshot.If all reports process slowly in a specific format (for example, while rendering to PDF), consider file sharedelivery, adding more memory, or choosing a differentformat.

To find out how long it takes to process a report and other usage metrics, review the report server executionlog.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms155927.aspx

Caching Reports (SSRS)A report server can cache a copy of a processed report and return that copy when a user opens the report. Toa user, the only evidence available to indicate thereport is a cached copy is the date and time that the reportran. If the date or time is not current and the report is not a snapshot, the report was retrieved fromcache.Caching can shorten the time required to retrieve a report if the report is large or accessed frequently. If theserver is rebooted, all cached instances are

Page 22: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

reinstated when the Report Server Web service comes backonline.Caching is a performance-enhancement technique. The contents of the cache are volatile and can change asreports are added, replaced, or removed.

QUESTION 15Your network contains a System center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You are creating a configuration item that contains application settings for Microsoft Office 2010.

You need to detect whether Office 2010 is installed before validating the configuration item.

What should you do?

A. Create a query-based collection.B. Create an automatic deployment rule.C. Create a report to display all installed software.D. Enable Use Windows Installer detection.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Compliance settings in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a unified interface and userexperience that lets you manage the configuration and compliance of servers, laptops, desktopcomputers, andmobile devices in your organization. Compliance settings contains tools to help you assess the compliance ofusers and client devices for manyconfigurations, such as whether the correct Windows operating systemversions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications areinstalled andconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you cancheck for compliance with software updates, security settings,and mobile devices. Configuration item settings of the type Windows Management Instrumentation(WMI),registry, script, and all mobile device settings in Configuration Manager let you automatically remediatenoncompliant settings when they are found.

Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have. You can importthis configuration data from the web in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Configuration Packsasbest practices that are defined by Microsoft and other vendors, in Configuration Manager, and that you thenimport into Configuration Manager. Or, anadministrative user can create new configuration items andconfiguration baselines. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx How to CreateWindows Configuration Items for Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Create configuration items in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to defineconfigurations that youwant to manage and assess for compliance on devices.There are different types of configuration items:Application configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for an application. This can include whether the application is installed anddetails about itsconfiguration.Operating system configuration item

Page 23: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Used to determine compliance for settings that relate to the operating system and its configuration.Software updates configuration itemAutomatically created when you download software updates with Configuration Manager. You do not create or see these configuration items in the ComplianceSettings node, but you can selectthem when you define configuration baselines.General configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for mobile devices....Steps to Create a New Configuration Item for Client Computers Use the following required steps to create a configuration item by using the Create ConfigurationItem Wizard:Step 1: Start the Create Configuration Item Wizard.Step 2: Provide general information about the configuration item. Step 3: Provide detection method information for the configuration item. Step 4: Configure settingsfor the configuration item. Step 5: Configure compliance rules for the configuration item. Step 6: Specify supported platforms for the configuration item.Step 7: Complete the wizard....http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx#BKMK_Step3 Step 3: Provide Detection Method Information for the Configuration Item Use thisprocedure to provide detection method information for the configuration item. Note: Applies only if you selected This configuration item contains application settingson the General pageof the wizard.A detection method in Configuration Manager contains rules that are used to detect whether an application isinstalled on a computer. This detection occurs beforethe configuration item is assessed for compliance. Todetect whether an application is installed, you can detect the presence of a Windows Installer file fortheapplication, use a custom script, or select Always assume application is installed to assess the configurationitem for compliance regardless of whether theapplication is installed.

QUESTION 16Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You plan to create a Build and Capture task sequence to build a reference image of Windows 7.

You need to identify which Application must exist in Configuration Manager before you can create theBuild and Capture task sequence.

Which Applications should you identify?(Choose all that Apply.)

A. Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)B. Configuration Manager clientC. System Preparation tool (Sysprep)D. User State Migration Tool (USMT)

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:

Page 24: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb633062.aspx How to Create a Task Sequence to Build and Capture an Operating System Image You can create tasksequence to build and capture operating system image for use with operating systemdeployment using the New Task Sequence Wizard. After you have created thetask sequence, you can edit thetask sequence by selecting the Task Sequences node and right-clicking on the task sequence you want tochange and selecting Editto launch the Task Sequence Editor.Personal comment:My personal opinion is that this question is flawed and other than the Configuration Manager console, you donot need any special application to create the task.However, as someone else has stated: You should ALWAYS use MDT for building, capturing and testing yourreference images Tool to capture an image fromreference computer. So for all intents and purposes, MDT isthe most likely answer to this question:http://www.windows-noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/5131-using-sccm- 2012-rc-in-a-lab- part-16-integratingmdt-2012-rc1-with-configuration-manager-2012/MDT, Microsoft Deployment Toolkit Install MDT and run Configure Configmgrintergration In ManagementConsole, SW lib, OS, Task Sequence, Create MDT tasksequence , choose a template ( client tasksequence), joint Domain, product key, capture custom WIM image or not, create new boot image package,source (AIKmust be installed on the source machine), location of new MDT package, OS image, ConfigMgrClient, USMT package, Setting package, sysprep.Distribute the MDT package to DP.Further information:

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hh147630Choose the Right Microsoft Deployment Toolhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/windows/dd641427.aspx?ocid=wc-tn-accelerators Deliver and Deploy Windows 7http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb632585.aspx Sample Build and Capture Operating System Image Task Sequence http://www.windows-noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/6353-using-system-center-2012- configurationmanager-part-7-build-and-capture-windows-7-x64-sp1/using System Center 2012Configuration Manager - Part 7. Build and Capture Windows 7 X64 SP1

QUESTION 17Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to distribute operating system images.The standard operating system for client computers isWindows 7 Enterprise (x86).

You receive 300 new desktop computers. Each computer has a new storage controller.

When you attempt to deploy an existing image to one of the computers, you receive an error messageindicating that a storage device cannot be found during thepre-boot deployment phase.

You need to ensure that you can deploy Windows 7 to the new computers by using an image.

What should you do?

A. Import the storage drivers to the Drivers container and update the task sequence.B. Create a new x64 boot image and configure the operating system image to use the x64 boot image.C. Create a new driver package and update the task sequence.D. Update the existing x86 boot image to include the storage drivers.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 25: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712674.aspx Planning a Device Driver Strategy in Configuration Manager Planning a Device Driver Strategy inConfiguration Manager You can add Windows device drivers that have been imported into the driver catalog to boot images. Usethe following guidelines when youadd device drivers to a boot image:* Add only mass storage and network adapter device drivers to boot images because other types ofdrivers are not generally required. Drivers that are not requiredincrease the size of the boot imageunnecessarily.

* Add only device drivers for Windows 7 to a boot image because the required version of Windows PE isbased on Windows 7.* Ensure that you use the correct device driver for the architecture of the boot image. Do not add an x86device driver to an x64 boot image.

QUESTION 18Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You plan to create a Build and Capture task sequence to build a reference image of Windows 7.

You need to identify which Application must exist in Configuration Manager before you can create theBuild and Capture task sequence.

Which Applications should you identify?(Choose all that Apply.)

A. Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)B. Configuration Manager clientC. System Preparation tool (Sysprep)D. User State Migration Tool (USMT)

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb633062.aspx How to Create a Task Sequence to Build and Capture an Operating System Image You can create tasksequence to build and capture operating system image for use with operating systemdeployment using the New Task Sequence Wizard. After you have created thetask sequence, you can edit thetask sequence by selecting the Task Sequences node and right-clicking on the task sequence you want tochange and selecting Editto launch the Task Sequence Editor.

Personal comment:My personal opinion is that this questionis flawed and other than the Configuration Manager console, you donot need any special application to create the task.However, as someone else has stated: You should ALWAYS use MDT for building, capturing and testing yourreference images Tool to capture an image from

Page 26: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

reference computer. So for all intents and purposes, MDT isthe most likely answer to this question:http://www.windows- noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/5131-using-sccm- 2012-rc-in-a-lab-part-16-integratingmdt- 2012-rc1-with-configuration-manager-2012/MDT, Microsoft Deployment Toolkit Install MDT and run Configure Configmgrintergration In ManagementConsole, SW lib, OS, Task Sequence, Create MDT tasksequence , choose a template ( client tasksequence), joint Domain, product key, capture custom WIM image or not, create new boot image package,source (AIKmust be installed on the source machine), location of new MDT package, OS image, ConfigMgrClient, USMT package, Setting package, sysprep.Distribute the MDT package to DP.

Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hh147630Choose the Right Microsoft Deployment Toolhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-US/windows/dd641427.aspx?ocid=wc-tn-accelerators Deliver and Deploy Windows 7http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb632585.aspx Sample Build and Capture Operating System Image Task Sequence http://www.windows-noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/6353-using-system-center-2012- configurationmanager-part-7-build-and-capture-windows-7-x64-sp1/using System Center 2012Configuration Manager - Part 7. Build and Capture Windows 7 X64 SP1

QUESTION 19You are the network administrator for a company named Contoso, Ltd.

The network contains 1,000 desktop computers and 500 servers.

The network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. The names of all the desktop computers in the human resources departmentstart with the letters HR, forexample HR001 and HR023.

A device collection named All Server Devices contains all of the servers. A device collection named All Desktop Devices contains all of the desktop computers. Youplan to create anew collection named All HR Computers and Servers.

The new collection must contain all of the human resources department computers and all of the servers.The collection must not contain any other computers.

You need to create a membership rule for the new collection.

Which rule should you include in the membership rule?(Choose all that Apply.)

A. QUERY RULE: select * from SMS_R_System where SMS_R_system.NetbiosName like "HR%"B. INCLUDE RULE: All Server DevicesC. EXCLUDE RULE: All NON HR ComputersD. EXCLUDE RULE: All Desktop DevicesE. QUERY RULE- select * from SMS_R_System where

SMS_R_system.OperatingSystemNameandVersionlike. *%Workstation*F. QUERY RULE- select * from SMS_R_System whereSMS_R_system.OperatingSystemNameandVersion not like. *%Server*

Correct Answer: AB

Page 27: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Select * from SMS_R_System where SMS_R_system.NetbiosName like "HR%" SQL command to select all Systems whose names begin with HR INCLUDE RULE:All Server DevicesSelects all the Server Devices as asked in the question.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682177.aspx Introduction to Collections in Configuration ManagerCollections in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager represent logical groupings of resources, such asusers and devices. You can use collections to help youperform many tasks, such as managing applications,deploying compliance settings, or installing software updates. You can also use collections to managegroupsof client settings.

Additionally, System Center 2012 Configuration Manager uses collections with role-based administration tospecify the collections that an administrative user canaccess.Collection RulesDirect RuleQuery RuleQuery rules dynamically update the membership of a collection based on a query that ConfigurationManager runs on a schedule.Unlike direct rule collections, this collection membership automatically updates when you add or removenew users to the Human Resources organizational unit.Include Collections RuleThe include collections rule lets you include the members of another collection in a ConfigurationManager collection. Configuration Manager updates themembership of the current collection on aschedule if the membership of the included collection changes. Exclude Collections RuleThe exclude collections rule letsyou exclude the members of another collection from a ConfigurationManager collection. Configuration Manager updates the membership of the current collection onaschedule if the membership of the excluded collection changes.Note: If a collection includes both include collection and exclude collection rules and there is aconflict,the exclude rule takes priority over the include rule.Default Collections in Configuration ManagerAll User GroupsAll UsersAll Users and User GroupsAll Mobile DevicesAll SystemsAll Unknown Computers

QUESTION 20Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. The Client Status node in the Configuration Manager console shows adownward trend in client health.You verify the logs on several clients. You discover that the clients are healthy and are communicatingnormally to managementpoints.You need to identify the reasons why the Configuration Manager console displays a downward trend inclient health.

Which reasons should you identify?(Choose all that Apply.)

Page 28: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. In Client Status Settings Properties, the Heartbeat discovery during the following days interval is shorterthan the Heartbeat Discovery interval.B. The age set in the Delete Aged Discovery Data maintenance task is shorter than the Heartbeat Discoveryinterval.C. The Delete Obsolete Client Discovery Data maintenance task is disabled.D. The Active Directory sites that are members of boundary groups are modified.E. Microsoft SQL Server replication to the management points stopped.

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712308.aspx#BKMK_HeartbeatDisc Planning for Discovery in Configuration Manager - About Heartbeat DiscoveryHeartbeat Discovery differs from other Configuration Manager discovery methods. It is enabled by default andruns on each computer client to create a discoverydata record (DDR).

Heartbeat Discovery runs either on a schedule configured for all clients in the hierarchy, or if manually invoked,on a specific client by running the Discovery DataCollection Cycle on the Action tab in a client's ConfigurationManager program. When Heartbeat Discovery runs, it creates a discovery data record (DDR) thatcontains theclient's current information including network location, NetBIOS name, and operational status details. It is asmall file, about 1KB, which is copied to amanagement point, and then processed by a primary site. Thesubmission of a Heartbeat Discovery DDR can maintain an active client's record in the database, andalsoforce discovery of an active client that might have been removed from the database, or that has beenmanuallyinstalled and not discovered by another discoverymethod. The default schedule for Heartbeat Discovery is set to every 7 days. If you change the heartbeat discoveryinterval, ensure that it runs more frequently thanthe site maintenance task Delete Aged DiscoveryData, which deletes inactive client records from the site database. You can configure the Delete AgedDiscoveryData task only for primary sites. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712679.aspx Planning for Boundaries and Boundary Groups in Configuration ManagerIn System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, a boundary is a network location on the intranet that cancontain one or more devices that you want to manage.Boundaries can be an IP subnet, Active Directory sitename, IPv6 Prefix, or an IP address range, and the hierarchy can include any combination of theseboundarytypes. To use a boundary, you must add the boundary to one or more boundary groups. Boundary groups arecollections of boundaries. By using boundarygroups, clients on the intranet can find an assigned site andlocate content when they have to install software, such as applications, software updates, andoperatingsystem images.

When clients are on the Internet, or they are configured as Internet-only clients, they do not use boundaryinformation. These clients cannot use automatic siteassignment and always download content from anydistribution point in their assigned site when the distribution point is configured to allow client connectionsfromthe Internet....Site AssignmentYou can configure each boundary group with an assigned site for clients. Clients join the assigned site of aboundary group that contains the client's current networklocation. When a boundary is added to multipleboundary groups that have different assigned sites, clients will nondeterministically select one of the sites.SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager does not support this overlapping boundary configuration for siteassignment.If you make a change to the site assignmentconfiguration of a boundary group, only new site assignmentactions are affected. Clients that have previously been assigned to a site, do not re-evaluate theirsiteassignment based on changes to the configuration of a boundary group.

Further information:

Page 29: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb632879.aspx Delete Obsolete Client Discovery Data Task OverviewThe Delete Obsolete Client Discovery Data task deletes obsolete client records from the ConfigurationManager 2007 site database. A record that is markedobsolete typically was superseded by a newer record forthe same client. The newer record becomes the client's current record, and the older record becomesobsolete.When you enable this task, you should configure the schedule to run at an interval greater than the heartbeatdiscovery schedule. This allows clients tosend Discovery Data Records (DDRs) so that the obsolete bit is setcorrectly. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682132.aspx#BKMK_ClientHealthIntroduction to Client Deployment in Configuration Manager - Monitoring the Status of Client Computers inConfiguration ManagerUse the Client Status node in the Monitoring workspace of the Configuration Manager console to monitor thehealth and activity of client computers in your hierarchy.Configuration Manager uses the following twomethods to evaluate the overall status of client computers.

Client Activity: You can configure thresholds to determine whether a client is active, for example:Whether the client requested policy during the last seven days. Whether Heartbeat Discovery found the client during the last seven days. Whether the client senthardware inventory during the last seven days. When all these thresholds are exceeded, the client is determined to be inactive. Client Check: A client evaluationengine is installed with the Configuration Manager client, which periodicallyevaluates the health of the Configuration Manager client and its dependencies. Thisengine can check orremediate some problems with the Configuration Manager client...Client status uses the monitoring and reporting capabilities of Configuration Manager to provide information inthe Configuration Manager console about the healthand activity of the client. You can configure alerts to notifyyou when clients check results or client activity drops below a specified percentage of clients in acollection orwhen remediation fails on a specified percentage of clients.

QUESTION 21Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. The hierarchy contains a Central Administration Site named Site1 and a primarysite named Site2.

You discover that none of the packages created on Site1 are displayed in Site2. You need to identify whether there is a replication issue between the sites.

What should you review?

A. the Inventoryagent.log fileB. the Rcmctrl.log fileC. the Microsoft SQL Server replication diagnostic filesD. the Despool.log file

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_SiteSiteServerLog Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager - Site Server andSite System Server Logsrcmctrl.log :Site server log file

Page 30: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Records the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Further information 1:http://blogs.technet.com/b/sudheesn/archive/2012/10/21/drs-initialization-in-configuration- manager-2012.aspx

DRS Initialization In Configuration Manager 2012We have two kind of logging in ConfigMgr 2012. For DRS initialization we can use the rcmctrl.log andinside the database vlogs view.http://anoopcnair.com/2012/06/20/sccm-configmgr-2012-site-to-site-replication-sql-data- replication-servicereplication-configuration-management-sql-service-broker-replication-groups- and-manual-sync/SCCM ConfigMgr 2012 Site to Site replication and SQL Replication Guide New (SQL) site to site replication model is the most challenging but very interesting part(at least for me) ofSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager. So, I thought of sharing the some points which are main pillars ofSQL replication model.Key components of new (SQL) replication model1. DRS Data Replication Service2. SSB SQL Service Broker3. RCM Replication Configuration Management/Monitoring4. RG Replication Group5. Replication Pattern6. Article Name/sDRS Data Replication Service / SSB SQL Service Broker To replicate the data between configmgr sites, Configuration Manager uses Database ReplicationService (DRS). The DRS intern uses SQL Server Service Broker (SSB) to replicate data between the sites.http://blogs.technet.com/b/server-cloud/archive/2012/03/06/data-replication-in-system-center- 2012-configuration-manager.aspxData Replication in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712701.aspx#Planning_Inter_Site_Com Planning forCommunications in Configuration Manager - Planning for Intersite Communications inConfiguration ManagerFurther information 2:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_DiscoveryLog Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager -DiscoveryInventoryAgent.log :Client log fileRecords activities of hardware inventory, software inventory, and heartbeat discovery actions on theclient.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_SiteSiteServerLog Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager - Site Server andSite System Server LogsDespool.logSite server log fileRecords incoming site-to-site communication transfers.

QUESTION 22Your network contains two Active Directory forests named contoso.com and litwareinc.com.

You implement System Center 2012 Configuration Manager in the contoso.com forest.

You deploy the Configuration Manager client to all of the client computers in contoso.com by using a logonscript.

You need to ensure that the Configuration Manager client is automatically deployed to all of the clientcomputers in the litwareinc.com forest.

Page 31: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should you do? (Choose all that Apply.)

A. Configure a Client Push Installation account.B. Enable Client Push installation.C. Enable Active Directory System Discovery.D. Configure an administrative user.E. Enable Active Directory Forest Discovery.

Correct Answer: ABCSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682042.aspx#BKMK_prereqs_computers Prerequisites for Windows Client Deployment in Configuration Manager -Prerequisites for Computer ClientsInstallation Method DependenciesClient push installation:Client push installation accounts are used to connect to computers to install the client and are specifiedon the Accounts tab of the Client Push Installation Propertiesdialog box. The account must be a member ofthe local administrators group on the destination computer. If you do not specify a client push installation account, thesite server computer account will be used.The computer on which you are installing the client must have been discovered by at least one SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager discovery method.The computer has an ADMIN$ share.Enable client push installation to assigned resources must be selected in the Client Push InstallationProperties dialog box if you want to automatically push theSystem Center 2012 Configuration Managerclient to discovered resources.The client computer must be able to contact a distribution point or a management point to download thesupporting files.You must have the following security permissions to install the Configuration Manager client by using clientpush:To configure the Client Push Installation account: Modify and Read permission for the Site object.To use client push to install the client to collections, devices and queries: Modify Resource and Readpermission for the Collection object.The Infrastructure Administrator security role includes the required permissions to manage client pushinstallation.Further information:http://blogs.technet.com/b/configmgrteam/archive/2011/03/30/active-directory-forest-discovery- and-publishingin-configuration-manager-2012-beta-2.aspx ActiveDirectory Forest Discovery and Publishing in Configuration Manager 2012 Beta 2 Forest Discovery and Publishing OverviewTo improve manageability of an ever-changing network environment, Active Directory Forest Discovery isadded in Configuration Manager 2012 Beta 2. With it,Configuration Manager can discover Active Directoryforests, their domains, AD Sites and IP subnets. Because domain users (or domain computer accounts)havepermission to query forest relationships, Active Directory Forest Discovery can return information about otherforests and their trust direction. The system canprogrammatically connect to all the forests and build acomplete mapping of the corporate environment. It can also cross forest boundaries using specificcredentialsfor each forest regardless of the trust type. The information obtained through Active Directory Forest Discoverycan be directly exported as boundaries orboundary groups. Changes to discovered data are updateddynamically and aged out from the database if no longer present in Active Directory Domain Services.Thediscovered data is also used when clients request a management point or distribution point to ensure theyreceive the best possible site system.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712308.aspx#BKMK_DiscoveryMethods Planning for Discovery in Configuration Manager

Page 32: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Discovery Methods in Configuration Manager

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682132.aspx#BKMK_DeployClientComputers Introduction to Client Deployment in Configuration Manager - Deployingthe Configuration Manager Client toWindows-Based ComputersThe following table lists the various methods that you can use to install the Configuration Manager clientsoftware on computers:Client push installation - Automatically installs the client to assigned resources and manually installs theclient to resources that are not assigned. Software updatepoint installation - Installs the client by using the Configuration Manager software updatesfeature.Group Policy installation - Installs the client by using Windows Group Policy. Logon script installation - Installs the client by using a logon script. Manual installation -Manually installs the client software. Upgrade installation by using application management - Upgrades clients to a newer version by usingConfiguration Managerapplication management. You can also use Configuration Manager 2007 softwaredistribution to upgrade clients to System Center 2012 Configuration Manager.Automatic client upgradeClient imaging - Prestages the client installation in an operating system image.

QUESTION 23Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.The environment contains a single primary site.

You need to provide users with the ability to remotely reset their mobile device to the factory settings.

What should you install?

A. Application Catalog web service point and Application Catalog website pointB. Out of Band service point and Application Catalog web service pointC. Device management point and System Health validator point

Page 33: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. System Health Validator point and Application Catalog website point

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682125.aspx Introduction to Application Management in Configuration Manager Application management in MicrosoftSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager provides both ConfigurationManager administrative users and Configuration Manager client device users the tools to manage applicationsin the enterprise....For client device users, the benefits of application management include the following:A new client program, Software Center, provides a user-friendly interface that lets the user of a Windowsclient computer perform typical tasks to help managesoftware that Configuration Manager installs on theirdevices.A self-service application website, the Application Catalog, lets users search for, install, and requestWindows applications. Users who have mobile devices can alsouse this website to wipe their mobiledevices.Users can configure when software and updates must not be installed by specifying their own workinghours.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682145.aspx Prerequisites for Application Management in Configuration Manager Configuration ManagerDependenciesThe following table lists the dependencies within Configuration Manager for application management:Management pointDistribution pointClient settingsFor the Application Catalog: Discovered user accountsApp-V 4.6 SP1 or later client to run virtual applications Application Catalog web service pointThe Application Catalog web service point is a site system role that provides information about availablesoftware from the Software Library to the ApplicationCatalog website. Application Catalog website pointThe Application Catalog website point is a site system role that provides users with a list of availablesoftware.

Reporting services pointSecurity permissions for application managementFurther information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682076.aspx Introduction to Out of Band Management in Configuration Manager Out of band management in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager provides a powerful managementcontrol for computers that have the Intel vPro chip set and a version of Intel ActiveManagement Technology(Intel AMT) that Configuration Manager supports. Out of band management lets an administrative user connect to a computer's AMTmanagement controllerwhen the computer is turned off, in hibernation, or otherwise unresponsive through the operating system. Incontrast, in-band management isthe classic approach that Configuration Manager and its predecessors use,whereby an agent runs in the full operating system on the managed computer, and themanagement controlleraccomplishes tasks by communicating with the management agent.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb680491.aspx How to Enable a Mobile Device Management PointThe Configuration Manager device management point is an extension to the Configuration Manager 2007management point or proxy management point. Thedevice management point allows mobile devices toconnect to Configuration Manager 2007 servers and receive policy and configuration settings. Mobiledevicemanagement also allows mobile devices to report asset management information and status to ConfigurationManager.

Page 34: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682106.aspx Fundamentals of Configuration Manager

QUESTION 24Your network contains a single Active Directory domain. The functional level of the domain is Server 2003. The domain contains the following server:Ten servers that run Windows Server 2003Twenty servers that run Windows Server 2008One server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 installed One server that has System Center 2012 Configuration Manager installed

Users have mobile devices that run Windows Mobile 6.5 and Windows Phone.

You need to ensure that you can manage the settings of the mobile devices and perform remote devicewipes by using Configuration Manager.

What should you do?

A. Upgrade the Exchange server to Exchange Server 2010. Configure an Exchange connector.B. Change the functional level of the domain to windows 2008. Upgrade the Exchange server to ExchangeServer 2010.C. Upgrade all Windows 2003 domain controllers to Windows 2008.D. Upgrade all of the domain controllers to Windows 2008 R2. Configure an Exchange connector.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682077.aspx#BKMK_SupConfigMobileClientReq Supported Configurations for Configuration Manager - ConfigurationManager System Requirements - MobileDevice RequirementsThe following sections describe the hardware and operating systems that are supported for managing mobiledevices in System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager:Windows Mobile 6.1Windows Mobile 6.5Nokia Symbian Belle

Windows Phone 8Windows RTiOSAndroidWindows CE 5.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Windows CE 6.0 (Arm and x86 processors)

Page 35: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Windows CE 7.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Windows CE 7.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Mobile Device Support by Using the Exchange Server Connector System Center 2012 Configuration Manager offers limited management for mobile devices whenyou use theExchange Server connector for Exchange Active Sync (EAS) capable devices that connect to a server runningExchange Server or Exchange Online.The following table lists the platforms that support the Exchange Server connector and which versions ofConfiguration Manager support each platform:Exchange Server 2010 SP1Configuration Manager with no service packConfiguration Manager with SP1Exchange Server 2010 SP2Configuration Manager with SP1Exchange Server 2013Configuration Manager with SP1Exchange Online (Office 365)Configuration Manager with no service packConfiguration Manager with SP1http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682022.aspx Determine How to Manage Mobile Devices in Configuration Manager Use the following information to helpyou decide how to manage mobile devices in System Center 2012Configuration Manager. You can use Configuration Manager to enroll mobile devices and install theConfiguration Manager client, you can use the mobile devicelegacy client (for example, for Windows CEmobile operating systems), and you can use the Exchange Server connector. In addition, in ConfigurationManager SP1, you can enroll devices that run Windows Phone 8, Windows RT, and iOS by using the WindowsIntune connector...Settings:Enrollment by Windows IntuneEnrollment by Configuration ManagerExchange Server connector..Remote wipe:Enrollment by Windows IntuneEnrollment by Configuration ManagerExchange Server connector

QUESTION 25Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to monitor compliance. The company has a configuration baseline for each server that has theWeb Server (IIS) server roleinstalled.A new corporate policy specifies that the maximum TCP window size for all of the Web servers must be131,072 bytes.

You discover that the TCP window size is set in the following registry entry:HKEY_LOCAL_ MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\HTTP\Parameters \MaxBytesPerSend

You need to generate an error message for all of the Web servers that do NOT comply with thecorporate policy.

What should you do?

Page 36: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Add a new configuration item that has a registry value setting type to the configuration baseline.B. Create a query-based collection that contains all of the Web servers, and then initiate an inventorycollection.C. Create a query that returns a list of all the Web servers, and then search the query results for the registryvalue.D. Add a new configuration item that has an Internet Information Services (IIS) metabase setting type to theconfiguration baseline.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Compliance settings in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a unified interface and userexperience that lets you manage the configuration and compliance of servers, laptops, desktopcomputers, andmobile devices in your organization. Compliance settings contains tools to help you assess the compliance ofusers and client devices for manyconfigurations, such as whether the correct Windows operating systemversions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications areinstalled andconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you cancheck for compliance with software updates, security settings,and mobile devices. Configuration item settings of the type Windows Management Instrumentation(WMI),registry, script, and all mobile device settings in Configuration Manager let you automatically remediatenoncompliant settings when they are found.

Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have. You can importthis configuration data from the web in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Configuration Packsasbest practices that are defined by Microsoft and other vendors, in Configuration Manager, and that you thenimport into Configuration Manager. Or, anadministrative user can create new configuration items andconfiguration baselines.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx How to Create Windows Configuration Items for Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Createconfiguration items in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to define configurations that youwant to manage and assess for compliance on devices.

There are different types of configuration items:Application configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for an application. This can include whether the application is installed anddetails about itsconfiguration.

Operating system configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for settings that relate to the operating system and its configuration.Software updates configuration itemAutomatically created when you download software updates with Configuration Manager. You do not create or see these configuration items in the ComplianceSettings node, but you can selectthem when you define configuration baselines.General configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for mobile devices....Steps to Create a New Configuration Item for Client Computers Use the following required steps to create a configuration item by using the Create ConfigurationItem Wizard:

Page 37: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Step 1: Start the Create Configuration Item Wizard.Step 2: Provide general information about the configuration item. Step 3: Provide detection method information for the configuration item. Step 4: Configure settingsfor the configuration item. Step 5: Configure compliance rules for the configuration item. Step 6: Specify supported platforms for the configuration item.Step 7: Complete the wizard.

QUESTION 26Your company has a production network and a test network.

Both networks have System Center 2012 Configuration Manager deployed.You create the following objects on the test network:A configuration item named SQLServerCIA configuration baseline named SQLServerBaseline that contains the configuration item A collection named SQLServers that contains all of the servers on the testnetwork that run Microsoft SQLServer.

You export the configuration baseline to SQLServerBaseline.cab.

You open the Configuration Manager console, you click Assets and Compliance, and then you expandCompliance Settings.

You need to apply the configuration baseline to the servers on the production network that run SQLServer.

You create a collection named SQLServers that contains all SQL Servers from the production network.

What should you do next? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Right-click SQLServersBaseline, select Categorize, and then select Server.B. Right-click SQLServerCI, select Export, and then specify SQLServer Baseline.cab as the export file.C. Right-click SQLServersBaseline, select Deploy, and then select the SQLServers collection.D. Right-click Configuration Baselines, and then select Import Configuration DataE. Right-click SQLServersBaseline, and then select Properties. In the Deployments tab, type SQLServers inthe Filter... box.

Correct Answer: CDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh691016.aspx How to Import Configuration Data in Configuration Manager In addition to creating configuration baselinesand configuration items in the System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager console, you can import configuration data if it is contained in a cabinet (.cab) file formatand adheresto the supported SML schema. You can import configuration data from the following sources:

Best practice configuration data (Configuration Packs) that has been downloaded from Microsoft or fromother software vendor sites.

Page 38: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Configuration data that has been exported from System Center 2012 Configuration Manager. Configuration data that was externally authored and that conforms tothe Service Modeling Language (SML)schema.How to Import Configuration DataWhen you import a configuration baseline, some or all of the configuration items that are referenced in theconfiguration baseline might also be included in thecabinet file. During the import process, ConfigurationManager verifies that all of the configuration items that are referenced in the configuration baseline areeitheralso included in the cabinet file or already exist in the Configuration Manager site. The import process fails ifyou attempt to import a configuration baseline thatreferences configuration data that Configuration Managercannot locate...To import configuration data1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Assets and Compliance.2. In the Assets and Compliance workspace, expand Configuration Items or Configuration Baselines, and thenin the Home tab, in the Create group, click ImportConfiguration Data.3. On the Select Files page of the Import Configuration Data Wizard, click Add, and then in the Open dialogbox, select the .cab files you want to import.4. Select the Create a new copy of the imported configuration baselines and configuration items check box ifyou want the imported configuration data to be editablein the Configuration Manager console.5. On the Summary page of the wizard, review the actions that will be taken, and then complete the wizard.The imported configuration data displays in theCompliance Settings node in the Assets and Complianceworkspace.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219289.aspx How to Deploy Configuration Baselines in Configuration Manager Configuration baselines in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager must be deployed to one or morecollections of users or devices before client devices in those collections can assess theircompliance with theconfiguration baseline.Use the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box to define configuration baseline deployments, whichincludes adding or removing configuration baselines fromdeployments in addition to specifying the evaluationschedule.To deploy a configuration baseline1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Assets and Compliance.2. In the Assets and Compliance workspace, expand Compliance Settings, and then click ConfigurationBaselines.3. In the Configuration Baselines list, select the configuration baseline that you want to deploy, and then in theHome tab, in the Deployment group, click Deploy.4. In the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box, select the configuration baselines that you want to deployin the Available configuration baselines list. Click Addto add these to the selected configuration baselineslist.

5. Specify the following additional information:* Remediate noncompliant rules when supported Enable this option to automatically remediate anyrules that are noncompliant for Windows ManagementInstrumentation (WMI), the registry, scripts, and allsettings for mobile devices that are enrolled by Configuration Manager.* Allow remediation outside the maintenance window If a maintenance window has been configured forthe collection to which you are deploying the configurationbaseline, enable this option to let compliancesettings remediate the value outside of the maintenance window.

6. Generate an alert Enable this option to configure an alert that is generated if the configuration baselinecompliance is less than a specified percentage by aspecified date and time. You can also specify whetheryou want an alert to be sent to System Center Operations Manager.7. Collection: Click Browse to select the collection where you want to deploy the configuration baseline.8. Specify the compliance evaluation schedule for this configuration baseline: Specifies the schedule by whichthe deployed configuration baseline is evaluated onclient computers. This can be either a simple or acustom schedule.

Page 39: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

9. Click OK to close the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box and to create the deployment.

QUESTION 27Your company has a production network and a test network.

Both networks have System Center 2012 Configuration Manager deployed.

You create the following objects on the test network:A configuration item named WebCIA configuration baseline named WebBaseline that contains WebCI A collection named WebServers that contains all of the Web servers on the test network.

You export the configuration baseline to Baseline.cab.

You open the Configuration Manager console, you click Assets and Compliance, and then you expandCompliance Settings.

You need to apply the configuration baseline to the Web servers on the production network.What should you do next? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Right-click WebBaseline, select Categorize, and then select Server.B. Right-click Configuration Baselines, and then select Import Configuration DataC. Right-click WebCI, select Export, and then specify Baseline.cab as the export file.D. Right-click WebBaseline, and then select Properties. In the Deployments tab, type WebServers in the

Filter... box.E. Right-click WebBaseline, select Deploy, and then select the WebServers collection.

Correct Answer: BESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh691016.aspx How to Import Configuration Data in Configuration Manager In addition to creating configuration baselinesand configuration items in the System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager console, you can import configuration data if it is contained in a cabinet (.cab) file format and adheresto the supported SML schema. You can importconfiguration data from the following sources:Best practice configuration data (Configuration Packs) that has been downloaded from Microsoft or fromother software vendor sites.Configuration data that has been exported from System Center 2012 Configuration Manager. Configuration data that was externally authored and that conforms tothe Service Modeling Language (SML)schema.How to Import Configuration DataWhen you import a configuration baseline, some or all of the configuration items that are referenced in theconfiguration baseline might also be included in thecabinet file. During the import process, ConfigurationManager verifies that all of the configuration items that are referenced in the configuration baseline are

Page 40: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

eitheralso included in the cabinet file or already exist in the Configuration Manager site. The import process fails ifyou attempt to import a configuration baseline thatreferences configuration data that Configuration Managercannot locate.

To import configuration data1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Assets and Compliance.2. In the Assets and Compliance workspace, expand Configuration Items or Configuration Baselines, and thenin the Home tab, in the Create group, click ImportConfiguration Data.3. On the Select Files page of the Import Configuration Data Wizard, click Add, and then in the Open dialogbox, select the .cab files you want to import.4. Select the Create a new copy of the imported configuration baselines and configuration items check box ifyou want the imported configuration data to be editablein the Configuration Manager console.5. On the Summary page of the wizard, review the actions that will be taken, and then complete the wizard.The imported configuration data displays in theCompliance Settings node in the Assets and Complianceworkspace.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219289.aspx How to Deploy Configuration Baselines in Configuration Manager Configuration baselines in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager must be deployed to one or morecollections of users or devices before client devices in those collections can assess theircompliance with theconfiguration baseline.Use the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box to define configuration baseline deployments, whichincludes adding or removing configuration baselines fromdeployments in addition to specifying the evaluationschedule.

To deploy a configuration baseline1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Assets and Compliance.2. In the Assets and Compliance workspace, expand Compliance Settings, and then click ConfigurationBaselines.3. In the Configuration Baselines list, select the configuration baseline that you want to deploy, and then in theHome tab, in the Deployment group, click Deploy.4. In the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box, select the configuration baselines that you want to deployin the Available configuration baselines list. Click Addto add these to the Selected configuration baselineslist.5. Specify the following additional information:* Remediate noncompliant rules when supported Enable this option to automatically remediate anyrules that are noncompliant for Windows ManagementInstrumentation (WMI), the registry, scripts, and allsettings for mobile devices that are enrolled by Configuration Manager.* Allow remediation outside the maintenance window If a maintenance window has been configured forthe collection to which you are deploying the configurationbaseline, enable this option to let compliancesettings remediate the value outside of the maintenance window.6. Generate an alert Enable this option to configure an alert that is generated if the configuration baselinecompliance is less than a specified percentage by aspecified date and time. You can also specify whetheryou want an alert to be sent to System Center Operations Manager.7. Collection: Click Browse to select the collection where you want to deploy the configuration baseline.8. Specify the compliance evaluation schedule for thisconfiguration baseline: Specifies the schedule by whichthe deployed configuration baseline is evaluated on client computers. This can be either a simple or acustomschedule.9. Click OK to close the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box and to create the deployment.

QUESTION 28Your network contains a System center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You are creating a configuration item that contains application settings for Microsoft Office 2010.

You need to detect whether Office 2010 is installed before validating the configuration item.

Page 41: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should you do?

A. Create a report to display all installed software.B. Enable Use a custom script to detect this application.C. Create a direct membership collection.D. Create an automatic deployment rule.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Compliance settings in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a unified interface and userexperience that lets you manage the configuration and compliance of servers, laptops, desktopcomputers, andmobile devices in your organization. Compliance settings contains tools to help you assess the compliance ofusers and client devices for manyconfigurations, such as whether the correct Windows operating systemversions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications areinstalled andconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you cancheck for compliance with software updates, security settings,and mobile devices. Configuration item settings of the type Windows Management Instrumentation(WMI),registry, script, and all mobile device settings in Configuration Manager let you automatically remediatenoncompliant settings when they are found.

Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have. You can importthis configuration data from the web in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Configuration Packsasbest practices that are defined by Microsoft and other vendors, in Configuration Manager, and that you thenimport into Configuration Manager. Or, anadministrative user can create new configuration items andconfiguration baselines. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx How to CreateWindows Configuration Items for Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Create configuration items in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to defineconfigurations that youwant to manage and assess for compliance on devices.There are different types of configuration items:Application configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for an application. This can include whether the application is installed anddetails about its configuration.Operating system configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for settings that relate to the operating system and its configuration.Software updates configuration itemAutomatically created when you download software updates with Configuration Manager.You do not create or see these configuration items in the Compliance Settings node, but you can selectthem when you define configuration baselines.General configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for mobile devices....Steps to Create a New Configuration Item for Client Computers Use the following required steps to create a configuration item by using the Create ConfigurationItem Wizard:Step 1: Start the Create Configuration Item Wizard.Step 2: Provide general information about the configuration item. Step 3: Provide detection method information for the configuration item. Step 4: Configure settings

Page 42: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

for the configuration item. Step 5: Configure compliance rules for the configuration item. Step 6: Specify supported platforms for the configuration item.Step 7: Complete the wizard....http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx#BKMK_Step3 Step 3: Provide Detection Method Information for the Configuration Item Use thisprocedure to provide detection method information for the configuration item. Note: Applies only if you selected This configuration item contains application settingson the General pageof the wizard.A detection method in Configuration Manager contains rules that are used to detect whether an application isinstalled on a computer. This detection occurs beforethe configuration item is assessed for compliance. Todetect whether an application is installed, you can detect the presence of a Windows Installer file fortheapplication, use a custom script, or select Always assume application is installed to assess the configurationitem for compliance regardless of whether theapplication is installed.

QUESTION 29Your company has 2,000 desktop computers and 450 portable computers. The desktop computers runWindows 7 Enterprise (x64) and the portable computers runWindows 7 Professional (x86).The network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.You create a configuration baseline that is targetedto all of the computers.

You discover that you fail to receive compliance information for the configuration baseline from theportable computers.

You receive compliance information for the configuration baseline from the desktop computers.

You receive compliance information for other configuration baselines from all of the computers.

You need to ensure that you receive compliance information for the configuration baseline from all ofthe computers.

What should you do?

A. Configure the configuration item to be evaluated on all Windows 7 operating systems.B. Create custom client settings for the portable computers and enable Compliance Settings.C. Create a collection containing the portable computers and assign the configuration baseline to thecollection.D. Add the configuration item to a new configuration baseline.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Compliance settings in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a unified interface and userexperience that lets you manage the configuration and compliance of servers, laptops, desktopcomputers, andmobile devices in your organization. Compliance settings contains tools to help you assess the compliance ofusers and client devices for manyconfigurations, such as whether the correct Windows operating systemversions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications are

Page 43: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

installed andconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you cancheck for compliance with software updates, security settings,and mobile devices. Configuration item settings of the type Windows Management Instrumentation(WMI),registry, script, and all mobile device settings in Configuration Manager let you automatically remediatenoncompliant settings when they are found.Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have. You can importthis configuration data from the web in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Configuration Packsasbest practices that are defined by Microsoft and other vendors, in Configuration Manager, and that you thenimport into Configuration Manager. Or, anadministrative user can create new configuration items andconfiguration baselines. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219289.aspx How to DeployConfiguration Baselines in Configuration Manager Configuration baselines in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager must be deployed to one ormorecollections of users or devices before client devices in those collections can assess their compliance with theconfiguration baseline.

Questionsays: this and only this new baseline isn't working on portable devices. Reason: Maybe this baseline wasn't deployed to those PCs.The client/agent on all computers seems to be OK.

What is it?-A Configuration Manager client downloads its client policy on a schedule that you configure as a clientsetting. However, there might be occasions when you want toinitiate ad-hoc policy retrieval from the client--for example, in a troubleshooting scenario or when you are testing. Use the following procedures to initiate ad-hocpolicy retrieval from the client outside its scheduled pollinginterval, either by using the Actions tab on the Configuration Manager client or by running a script onthecomputer. You must be logged on to the client computer with local administrative rights to perform theseprocedures.-The reporting services arn't correctly configuredAnswer: All answers doesn't make much senseBut: Configure the configuration item to be evaluated on all Windows 7 operating systemsIndicates, that this wasn't the case.

QUESTION 30Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. You create two custom client agent settings named ClientSettings1 andClientSettings2.

You apply ClientSettings1 to all of the client computers in the sales department. You apply ClientSettings2 to all of the client computers in the marketingdepartment.

The client computers in the marketing department contain several custom registry settings. You need to collect the custom registry settings from the marketingdepartment computers.What should you do?

A. Edit the default client agent settings and include the custom registry informationB. Edit ClientSettings2 and exclude the custom registry information.C. Create a new set of custom client agent settings for the marketing department and include the customregistry information.D. Edit ClientSettings2 and include the custom registry information.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 44: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712688.aspx Planning for Client Settings in Configuration ManagerUse client settings in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to configure user and device settings for thehierarchy. Client settings include configurationoptions such as the hardware inventory and schedule, and thepolling schedule for client policy. All Configuration Manager clients in the hierarchy use the DefaultClient Settings that are automatically createdwhen you install Configuration Manager. However, you can modify the default client settings and you cancreate customclient settings to override the default client settings for specific users or devices.

When you create a set of custom client settings, you must assign it to one or more collections for the settingsto be applied to the collection members. If you applymultiple sets of custom client settings to the same user ordevice, you can control the order in which these settings are applied according to the order that youspecify.Custom device or user settings with an Order value of 1 are always processed last and will override any otherconfigurations. The Default Client Settings hasa permanent order of 10,000, which ensures it is always appliedbefore any custom settings are applied. When there is a conflict of settings, the client setting thatwas appliedlast (with the lower order value) overrides any previous settings. You can view the resultant client settings for auser or a device by using the SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager reports. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682067.aspx About Client Settings in Configuration ManagerAll client settings in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager are managed in theConfiguration Managerconsole from the Client Settings node in theAdministration workspace. A set of default settings is supplied withConfiguration Manager. When you modify the default client settings, these settings are applied toall clients inthe hierarchy. You can also configure custom client settings, which override the default client settings whenyou assign these to collections.

Client settings for devices:Background Intelligent TransferClient PolicyCompliance SettingsComputer AgentComputer RestartEndpoint ProtectionHardware InventoryMetered Internet ConnectionsNetwork Access Protection (NAP)Power ManagementRemote ToolsSoftware DeploymentSoftware InventorySoftware UpdatesUser and Device Affinityhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109.aspx How to Configure Client Settings in Configuration Manager You manage all client settings in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager from the Client Settings node inthe Administration workspace of the Configuration Manager console. Modify the default settingswhen you wantto configure settings for all users and devices in the hierarchy that do not have any custom settings applied. Ifyou want to apply different settings tojust some users or devices, create custom settings and deploy these tocollections.

Note:You can also use configuration items to manage clients to assess, track, and remediate theconfiguration compliance of devices.

Page 45: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109.aspx#BKMK_CustomClientSettings How to Create and Deploy Custom Client SettingsTo configure and deploy custom client settingsFurther information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682109#BKMK_CustomClientSettings Really not sure:-Create a new set of custom client agent settings for the marketing department and include the custom registryinformation.- Edit ClientSettings2 and include the custom registry information. <--- probably notBecause editing isn't that easy.It is common sense, that you just add another client setting and deploy it to the collection. Why? All settings can be separately deleted and especially named. Easierto handle.

QUESTION 31Your network contains a single Active Directory domain.

The functional level of the domain is Server 2003. The domain contains the following servers:Ten servers that run Windows Server 2003Twenty servers that run Windows Server 2008One server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 installed One server that has System Center 2012 Configuration Manager installed

Users have mobile devices that run Windows Mobile 6.5 and Windows Phone 7.0.

You need to ensure that you can manage the settings of the mobile devices and perform remote devicewipes by using Configuration Manager.

What should you do? (Chose all that apply)

A. Upgrade all of the Windows 2003 domain controllers to Windows 2008 R2.B. Upgrade the Exchange server to Exchange Server 2010.C. Configure an Exchange connector.D. Change the functional level of the domain to Windows 2008.E. Upgrade all of the domain controllers to Windows 2008 R2.

Correct Answer: BCSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682077.aspx#BKMK_SupConfigMobileClientReq Supported Configurations for Configuration Manager - ConfigurationManager System Requirements - MobileDevice RequirementsThe following sections describe the hardware and operating systems that are supported for managing mobiledevices in System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager:Windows Mobile 6.1

Page 46: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Windows Mobile 6.5Nokia Symbian BelleWindows Phone 8Windows RTiOSAndroidWindows CE 5.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Windows CE 6.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Windows CE 7.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Windows CE 7.0 (Arm and x86 processors)Mobile Device Support by Using the Exchange Server Connector System Center 2012 Configuration Manager offers limited management for mobile devices whenyou use theExchange Server connector for Exchange Active Sync (EAS) capable devices that connect to a server runningExchange Server or Exchange Online.The following table lists the platforms that support the Exchange Server connector and which versions ofConfiguration Manager support each platform:Exchange Server 2010 SP1Configuration Manager with no service packConfiguration Manager with SP1Exchange Server 2010 SP2Configuration Manager with SP1Exchange Server 2013Configuration Manager with SP1Exchange Online (Office 365)Configuration Manager with no service packConfiguration Manager with SP1http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682022.aspx Determine How to Manage Mobile Devices in Configuration Manager Use the following information to helpyou decide how to manage mobile devices in System Center 2012Configuration Manager. You can use Configuration Manager to enroll mobile devices and installtheConfiguration Manager client, you can use the mobile device legacy client (for example, for Windows CEmobile operating systems), and you can use theExchange Server connector. In addition, in ConfigurationManager SP1, you can enroll devices that run Windows Phone 8, Windows RT, and iOS by using theWindowsIntune connector...Settings:Enrollment by Windows IntuneEnrollment by Configuration ManagerExchange Server connector..Remote wipe:Enrollment by Windows IntuneEnrollment by Configuration ManagerExchange Server connector

Page 47: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 32Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment that contains sixservers configured as shown in the following table:Server5 and Server6 are in the perimeter network, while Server1, Server2, Server3, and Server4 are in theinternal network.

You plan to deploy servers to the perimeter network by using Configuration Manager. The operating system for each server will be installed over the network.

The installations will begin automatically, as soon as each server starts for the first time.

Page 48: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to recommend a solution to minimize the amount of network traffic between the perimeternetwork and the internal network during the installation of theoperating systems.

What should you do?

A. Install a software update point on Server3.B. Configure IIS to support only HTTP on Server3.C. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server5.D. Install a management point on Servers.E. Install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) on Server3.F. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server6.G. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server6.H. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server4.I. Install a management point on Server2.J. Install a protected distribution point on Server1.K. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server3.L. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server3.M. Configure the Exchange connector on Server3.N. Configure IIS to support only HTTPS on Server5.O. Install an enrollment proxy point on Server6.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682108.aspx Introduction to Operating System Deployment in Configuration Manager Methods Used to DeployOperating SystemsThere are several methods that you can use to deploy operating systems to Configuration Manager client computers:PXE initiated deployments: PXE-initiated deployments let client computers request a deployment over thenetwork. In this method of deployment, the operatingsystem image and a Windows PE boot image are sentto a distribution point that is configured to accept PXE boot requests.Multicast deployments: Multicast deployments conserve network bandwidth by concurrently sending data tomultiple clients instead of sending a copy of the data toeach client over a separate connection. In thismethod of deployment, the operating system image is sent to a distribution point. This in turn deploys theimage whenclient computers request the deployment. Bootable Media Deployments: Bootable media deployments let you deploy the operating system when thedestinationcomputer starts. When the destination computer starts, it retrieves the task sequence, theoperating system image, and any other required content from the network.Because that content is notincluded on the media, you can update the content without having to re-create the media.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712275.aspx Planning a Content Deployment Migration Strategy in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

Page 49: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

...System Center 2012 Configuration Manager sites use the concept of preferred distribution points instead ofprotected distribution points....http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682083.aspx#BKMK_PreferredDistributionPoint Introduction to Content Management in Configuration Manager -Preferred Distribution Points When you install and configure a distribution point, you have the option to assign boundary groups to thedistribution point. When theclient's current network location is in a boundary group that is associated with thedistribution point, it is considered a preferred distribution point for that client. Whena client requests content,the client first connects to a preferred distribution point to retrieve the application or package content. If thecontent is not available on anypreferred distribution points, depending on the configuration options that youset, the client can retrieve the content from a fallback distribution point.Further information:A protected distribution point will limit deployment to a predefined boundary. (the perimeter network)With PXE enabled the servers will be installed when they boot.

QUESTION 33Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment that contains sixservers configured as shown in the following table:

Server5 and Server6 are in the perimeter network, while Server1, Server2, Server3, and Server4 are in theinternal network.

Page 50: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Administrators currently apply software updates to servers manually.You discover that Server4 was never updated.

You need to centrally manage software updates for all of the servers by using Configuration Manager.

What should you do first?

A. Install a management point on Server5.B. Configure IIS to support only HTTPS on Server6.C. Install a management point on Server2.D. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server3.E. Install an enrollment proxy point on Server6.F. Configure IIS to support only HTTP on Server3.G. Configure the Exchange connector on Server3.H. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server6.I. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server5.J. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server3.

Page 51: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

K. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server4.L. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server6.M. Install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) on Server3.N. Install a protected distribution point on Server1.O. Install a software update point on Server3.

Correct Answer: MSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682168.aspx Introduction to Software Updates in Configuration Manager Software updates in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a set of tools and resources that canhelp manage the complex task of tracking and applying software updates to client computersin the enterprise.An effective software update management process is necessary to maintain operational efficiency, overcomesecurity issues, and maintain thestability of the network infrastructure. However, because of the changingnature of technology and the continual appearance of new security threats, effectivesoftware updatemanagement requires consistent and continual attention.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712312.aspx Configuring Software Updates in Configuration Manager...Step 1: Install and Configure a Software Update PointThe software update point is required on the central administration site and on the primary sites in order toenable software updates compliance assessment and todeploy software updates to clients. The softwareupdate point is optional on secondary sites. The software update point site system role must be created on aserverthat has WSUS installed. The software update point interacts with the WSUS services to configure thesoftware update settings and to request synchronization ofsoftware updates metadata. When you have aConfiguration Manager hierarchy, install and configure the software update point on the central administrationsite first,then on child primary sites, and then optionally, on secondary sites. When you have a stand- aloneprimary site, not a central administration site, install and configurethe software update point on the primary sitefirst, and then optionally, on secondary sites. Some settings are only available when you configure the softwareupdatepoint on a top-level site. There are different options that you must consider depending on where youinstalled the software update point.

You can add the software update point site system role to an existing site system server or you can create anew one. On the System Role Selection page of theCreate Site System Server Wizard or Add Site System Roles Wizard, depending on whether you add the site system role to a new or existing site server,selectSoftware update point, and then configure the software update point settings in the wizard....Further information:A WSUS service will simplify and automate software updates for all servers from a single managementinterface.

QUESTION 34Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment as shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

Page 52: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

(The exhibit shows that: Server5 and Server6 are in the perimeter network, while Server1, Server2, Server3,and Server4 are in the internal network.)

The network contains six servers. The servers are configured as shown in the following table.

You need to ensure that mobile device information is available in the hardware inventory.What should you do first?

A. Install a management point on Server5.B. Configure IIS to support only HTTPS on Server5.C. Install a management point on Server2.

Page 53: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server3.E. Install an enrollment proxy point on Server6.F. Configure IIS to support only HTTP on Server3.G. Configure the Exchange connector on Server3.H. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server6.I. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server5.J. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server3.K. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server4.L. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server6.M. Install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) on Server3.N. Install a protected distribution point on Server1.O. Install a software update point on Server3.

Correct Answer: GSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682022.aspx Determine How to Manage Mobile Devices in Configuration Manager Use the following information to helpyou decide how to manage mobile devices in System Center 2012Configuration Manager. You can use Configuration Manager to enroll mobile devices and installtheConfiguration Manager client, you can use the mobile device legacy client (for example, for Windows CEmobile operating systems), and you can use theExchange Server connector. In addition, in ConfigurationManager SP1, you can enroll devices that run Windows Phone 8, Windows RT, and iOS by using theWindowsIntune connector. The following table lists these four mobile device management methods and provides information about themanagement functions thateach method supports:

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg681976.aspx#BKMK_Determine_EnrollmentPoints Determine the Site System Roles for Client Deployment inConfiguration Manager - Determine Whether YouRequire an Enrollment Point and an Enrollment Proxy PointConfiguration Manager requires the enrollment pointand the enrollment proxy point to enroll mobile devicesand to enroll certificates for Mac computers (Configuration Manager SP1 only). These site system roles arenotrequired if you will manage mobile devices by using the Exchange Server connector, or if you install the mobiledevice legacy client (for example, for Windows

Page 54: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

CE), or if you request and install the client certificate on Maccomputers independently from Configuration Manager.

QUESTION 35Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.You create a collection named All Managed Servers.

You need to inventory the environment variables of the All Managed Servers collection.

What should you do?

To answer, move the four appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Page 55: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712290.aspxHow to Extend Hardware Inventory in Configuration ManagerSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager hardware inventory reads information about devices by using Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). WMI isthe Microsoft implementation of web-based Enterprise Management (WBEM), which is an industry standard for accessing management information in an enterpriseenvironment.In previous versions of Configuration Manager, you could extend hardware inventory by modifying the file sms_def.mof on the site server.In System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you no longer edit the sms_def.mof file as you did in Configuration Manager 2007. Instead, you can enable anddisable WMI classes, and add new classes to collect by hardware inventory by using client settings. Configuration Manager provides the following methods toextend hardware inventory:Enable or disable existing inventory classes - You can enable or disable the default inventory classes used by Configuration Manager or you can create customclient settings that allow you to collect different hardware inventory classes from specified collections of clients.Add a new inventory class - You can add a new inventory class from the WMI namespace of another device.Import and export hardware inventory classes - You can import and export Managed Object Format(MOF) files that contain inventory classes from the Configuration Manager console.Create NOIDMIF Files - Use NOIDMIF files to collect information about client devices that cannot be inventoried by Configuration Manager.Create IDMIF Files - Use IDMIF files to collect information about assets in your organization that are not associated with a Configuration Manager client, forexample, projectors, photocopiers and network printers.http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa394143%28v=vs.85%29.aspxWin32_Environment class (Windows)The Win32_Environment WMI class represents an environment or system environment setting on a Windows computer system. Querying this class returnsenvironment variables found in:

Page 56: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Sessionmanager\EnvironmentAnd HKEY_USERS\<user>\Environment

QUESTION 36Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You deploy an application to 1,000 client computers.

You need to identify which client computers are in the process of installing the application.

Which node should you select in the Configuration Manager console?

To answer, select the appropriate node in the answer area.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Page 57: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:How to Monitor Applications in Configuration ManagerIn Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you can monitor the deployment of all software, including software updates, compliance settings,applications, task sequences, and packages and programs.

You can monitor deployments by using the Monitoring workspace in the Configuration Manager console or by using reports.Applications in Configuration Manager support state-based monitoring, which allows you to track the last application deployment state for users and devices. Thesestate messages display information about individual devices. For example, if an application is deployed to a collection of users, you can view the compliance stateof the deployment and the deployment purpose in the Configuration Manager console.An application deployment state has one of the following compliance states:Success – The application deployment succeeded or was found to be already installed.In Progress – The application deployment is in progress.Unknown – The state of the application deployment could not be determined. This state is not applicable for deployments with a purpose of Available. This state istypically displayed when state messages from the client are not yet received.Requirements Not Met – The application was not deployed because it was not compliant with a dependency or a requirement rule, or because the operating systemto which it was deployed was not applicable.

Page 58: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Error – The application failed to deploy because of an error....To monitor the state of an application in the Configuration Manager console1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Monitoring.2. In the Monitoring workspace, click Deployments.3. To review deployment details for each compliance state and the devices in that state, select a deployment, and then, on the Home tab, in the Deployment group,click View Status to open the Deployment Status pane. In this pane, you can view the assets with each compliance state. Click any asset to view more detailedinformation about the deployment status to that asset.4. To review general status information about an application deployment, select a deployment, and then click the Summary tab in the Selected Deployment window.5. To review information about the applications deployment type, select a deployment, and then click the Deployment Types tab in the Selected Deploymentwindow.

QUESTION 37You recently migrated from System Center Configuration Manager 2007 to System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager.

Your network contains a client computer that runs the 64-bit version of Windows 7 and the 32- bit versionof Windows 7.

Some client computers have the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) client installed.You have an Application named App1.

You have a 64-bit version of App1, a 32-bit version of App1, and a virtual version of App1. You need to deploy the Application to all of the client computers.

The solution must minimize the amount of administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. Create a new Application that has three different deployment types and create a target collection for each ofthe deployment types.B. Create a new Application that has three different deployment types and configure global conditions for eachof the deployment types.C. Create a new package for each version of App1.D. Create a new Application for each version of App1.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682174.aspx#BKMK_Step2 How to Create Deployment Types in Configuration Manager Supplemental Procedures toCreate a Deployment TypeStep 6: Specify Requirements for the Deployment Type

Page 59: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

1. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Add to open the CreateRequirement dialog box, and add a new requirement.2. From the Category drop-down list, select whether this requirement is for a device or a user, or selectCustom to use a previously created global condition. Whenyou select Custom, you can also click Create tocreate a new global condition. For more information about global conditions, see How to Create GlobalConditions inConfiguration Manager.3. From the Condition drop-down list, select the condition that you want to use to assess whether the user ordevice meets the installation requirements. Thecontents of this list will vary depending on the selectedcategory.4. From the Operator drop-down list, choose the operator that will be used to compare the selectedcondition to the specified value to assess whether the user ordevice meets in the installation requirement.The available operators will vary depending on the selected condition.5. In the Value field, specify the values that will be used with the selected condition and operator whether theuser or device meets in the installation requirement.The available values will vary depending on theselected condition and the selected operator.6. Click OK to save the requirement rule and exit the Create Requirement dialog box.7. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Next.

Page 60: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 61: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 62: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 38You have an Application named App1.

You need to ensure that users in the finance department can install App1 by using the ApplicationCatalog.

What should you do?

A. Create a required user deployment and target the deployment to all of the finance department users.B. Create a required user deployment and target the deployment to all of the client computers in thefinance department.C. Create an available user deployment and target the deployment to all of the finance department users.D. Create an available user deployment and target the deployment to all of the client computers in thefinance department.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:By selecting "Available" it will be selectable for the users in the Application Catalog. The "Required" option would force the installation to all users in the financedepartment.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682082.aspx How to Deploy Applications in Configuration ManagerTo deploy an application...8. On the Deployment Settings page of the Deploy Software Wizard, specify the following information:* Action From the drop-down list, choose whether this deployment is intended to Install or Uninstall theapplication.* Purpose From the drop-down list, choose one of the following options:* Available - If the application is deployed to a user, the user sees the published application in theApplication Catalog and can request it on demand. If the application is deployed to a device, the userwill see it in the Software Center and can install it on demand.* Required - The application is deployed automatically according to the configured schedule. However,a user can track the application deployment status if it is nothidden, and can install the applicationbefore the deadline by using the Software Center.

QUESTION 39Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Two weeks ago, you deployed a Windows Installer package named App1.

You need to remediate a registry value that applies only to the client computers that have App1installed.

The solution must minimize network traffic.What should you do?

Page 63: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Modify the App1 Windows Installer package to contain the registry setting, and then create a newapplication for App1.B. Modify the App1 Windows Installer package to contain the registry setting, and then configure the existingapplication for App1 to use the new Windows Installer

package.C. Create an application-based configuration item, configure a rule for an existential type, and then import theregistry setting from a client computer that has App1

installed.D. Create an application-based configuration item, configure the detection method to use the Windows Installerproduct code of App1, and then import the registry

setting from a client computer that has App1 installed.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Compliance settings in System Center 2012Configuration Manager provides a unified interface and userexperience that lets you manage the configuration and compliance of servers, laptops, desktopcomputers, andmobile devices in your organization. Compliance settings contains tools to help you assess the compliance ofusers and client devices for manyconfigurations, such as whether the correct Windows operating systemversions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications areinstalled andconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you cancheck for compliance with software updates, security settings,and mobile devices. Configuration item settings of the type Windows Management Instrumentation(WMI),registry, script, and all mobile device settings in Configuration Manager let you automatically remediatenoncompliant settings when they are found.

Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have. You can importthis configuration data from the web in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Configuration Packsasbest practices that are defined by Microsoft and other vendors, in Configuration Manager, and that you thenimport into Configuration Manager. Or, anadministrative user can create new configuration items andconfiguration baselines.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx How to Create Windows Configuration Items for Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager Createconfiguration items in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to define configurations that youwant to manage and assess for compliance on devices.There are different types of configuration items:Application configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for an application. This can include whether the application is installed anddetails about its configuration.Operating system configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for settings that relate to the operating system and itsconfiguration.Software updates configuration itemAutomatically created when you download software updates with Configuration Manager.You do not create or see theseconfiguration items in the Compliance Settings node, but you can selectthem when you define configuration baselines.

General configuration itemUsed to determine compliance for mobile devices.Steps to Create a New Configuration Item for Client Computers Use the following required steps to create a configuration item by using the Create Configuration

Page 64: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Item Wizard:Step 1: Start the Create Configuration Item Wizard.Step 2: Provide general information about the configuration item. Step 3: Provide detection method information for the configuration item. Step 4: Configure settingsfor the configuration item. Step 5: Configure compliance rules for the configuration item. Step 6: Specify supported platforms for the configuration item.Step 7: Complete the wizard.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712331.aspx#BKMK_Step3 Step 3: Provide Detection Method Information for the Configuration Item Use thisprocedure to provide detection method information for the configuration item.Note: Applies only if you selectedThis configuration item contains application settings on the General pageof the wizard.

A detection method in Configuration Manager contains rules that are used to detect whether an application isinstalled on a computer. This detection occurs beforethe configuration item is assessed for compliance. Todetect whether an application is installed, you can detect the presence of a Windows Installer file fortheapplication, use a custom script, or select Always assume application is installed to assess the configurationitem for compliance regardless of whether theapplication is installed.

QUESTION 40Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You need to create a collection that contains all of the virtual machines.

Which query should you use?

A. select * from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.ResourceID not in(selectResourceID from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.IsVirtualMachine != 1)

B. select * from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.IsVirtualMachine != 1

C. select * from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.IsVirtualMachine = 1

D. select * from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.ResourceID not in(selectResourceID from SMS_R_SystemwhereSMS_R_System.IsVirtualMachine = 1)

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 65: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 41Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Your company has a security policy that contains mandatory registry settings for all servers.

You have a collection named Servers that contains all of the servers.

You need to identify which servers do not comply with the security policy.

What should you do?

To answer, move the four appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Page 66: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh519648.aspxConfiguration Items in System Center 2012 - Service ManagerConfiguration items are a way to store information about services, computers, software, software updates, users and other undefined imported objects in theService Manager database in System Center 2012 – Service Manager. You can then select configuration items when you submit forms, such as an incident form, achange request form, or a work item form.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712268.aspxHow to Create Configuration Baselines for Compliance Settings in Configuration ManagerConfiguration baselines in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager contain predefined configuration items and optionally, other configuration baselines. After aconfiguration baseline is created, you can deploy it to a collection so that devices in that collection download the configuration baseline and assess their compliancewith it.To create a configuration baseline1. In the Configuration Manager console, click Assets and Compliance.2. In the Assets and Compliance workspace, expand Compliance Settings, and then click Configuration Baselines.3. On the Home tab, in the Create group, click Create Configuration Baseline.4. In the Create Configuration Baseline dialog box, enter a unique name and a description for the configuration baseline. You can use a maximum of 255 charactersfor the name and 512 characters for the description.5. The Configuration data list displays all configuration items or configuration baselines that are included in this configuration baseline. Click Add to add a newconfiguration item or configuration baseline to the list. You can choose from the following:* Configuration Items

Page 67: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

* Software Updates* Configuration Baselines6. Use the Change Purpose list to specify the behavior of a configuration item that you have selected in the Configuration data list. You can select from thefollowing:* Required: The configuration baseline is evaluated as noncompliant if the configuration item is not detected on a client device. If it is detected, it is evaluated forcompliance* Optional: The configuration item is only evaluated for compliance if the application it references is found on client computers. If the application is not found, theconfiguration baseline is not marked as noncompliant (only applicable to application configuration items).* Prohibited: The configuration baseline is evaluated as noncompliant if the configuration item is detected on client computers (only applicable to applicationconfiguration items).7. Use the Change Revision list to select a specific or the latest revision of the configuration item to assess for compliance on client devices or select Always UseLatest to always use the latest revision.8. If you want to remove a configuration item from the configuration baseline, select a configuration item, and then click Remove.9. Click OK to close the Create Configuration Baseline dialog box and to create the configuration baseline.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh219289.aspxHow to Deploy Configuration Baselines in Configuration ManagerConfiguration baselines in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager must be deployed to one or more collections of users or devices before client devices inthose collections can assess their compliance with the configuration baseline.Use the Deploy Configuration Baselines dialog box to define configuration baseline deployments, which includes adding or removing configuration baselines fromdeployments in addition to specifying the evaluation schedule.

QUESTION 42Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Three users named User1, User2, and User3 will perform the following tasks:User1 will review software metering data and inventory reports.User2 will deploy Applications and create alerts.User3 will create configuration items.

You need to identify which security role must be assigned to which user.

What should you identify?To answer, drag the appropriate security role to the correct user in the answer area. Each security role may be used once, more than once, or not at all.Additionally, you may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

Select and Place:

Page 68: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer:

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524341.aspxGlossary for Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager..Application Deployment Manager - A security role that grants permissions to administrative users so thatthey can deploy and monitor applications.Asset Manager - A security role that grants permissions to administrative users so that they can managethe Asset Intelligence synchronization point, AssetIntelligence reporting classes, software inventory,hardware inventory, and metering rules.Compliance Settings Manager - A security role that grants permissions to administrative users so thatthey can define and monitor compliance settings.

QUESTION 43Your network contains a Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) server.

Page 69: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

All client computers are configured as WSUS clients.All of the client computers have Windows Firewall enabled.

Windows Firewall is configured to block File and Printer Sharing.

Users are not configured as local Administrators on their client computers.

You deploy System Center 2012 Configuration Manager.

You need to identify which methods you can use to deploy the Configuration Manager client to all ofthe client computers.

Which client installation methods should you identify?(Choose all that Apply.)

A. a logon script installationB. a manual client installationC. a software update-based client installationD. a Client Push InstallationE. an Active Directory Group Policy-based installation

Correct Answer: BCESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Software update point uses the Local System account and All client computers are configured as WSUSclients. So the firewall should not affect functionality. ClientPush Installation requires File and Printer Sharing. Group Policy Installation requires File and Printer Sharing.Further information 1:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc787076%28v=ws.10%29.aspx File and Printer Sharing Does Not WorkFile and printer sharing can fail when you turn on Windows Firewall because file and printer sharing requiresyour computer to respond to unsolicited incoming trafficon one or more of the following ports:TCP ports 139 and 445andUDP ports 137 and 138Windows Firewall blocks incoming traffic through these ports. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682180.aspx Windows Firewall and Port Settings forClient Computers in Configuration Manager Ports that are used for all installation methodsTCP 80 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computer to a fallback status point, when afallback status point is assigned to the client.Ports that are used with client push installationTCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the site server and client computer. TCP 135 + UDP 135 - endpoint mapper between the site server and the clientcomputer. TCP DYNAMIC - dynamic ports between the site server and the client computer. TCP 80 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computerto a management point when theconnection is over HTTP.

Page 70: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

TCP 443 - Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS) from the client computer to a management pointwhen the connection is over HTTPS.Ports that are used with software update point-based installation TCP 80 or 8530 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computer to the softwareupdate point.TCP 443 or 8531 - Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS) from the client computer to the softwareupdate point.TCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the source server and the client computer when youspecify the CCMSetup command-line property /source:<Path>. Ports that are used with Group Policy-based installation TCP 80 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computer to a managementpoint when theconnection is over HTTP.TCP 443 - Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS) from the client computer to a management pointwhen the connection is over HTTPS.TCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the source server and the client computer when youspecify the CCMSetup command-line property /source:<Path>. Ports that are used with manual installation and logon script-based installation TCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the client computerand a network share from which yourun CCMSetup.exe.Note: When you install System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, the client installation sourcefiles are copied and automatically shared from the<InstallationPath>\Client folder on managementpoints. However, you can copy these files and create a new share on any computer on thenetwork. Alternatively,you can eliminate this network traffic by running CCMSetup.exe locally, forexample, by using removable media.TCP 80 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computer to a management point when theconnection is over HTTP.TCP 443 - Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS) from the client computer to a management pointwhen the connection is over HTTPS.TCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the source server and the client computer when youspecify the CCMSetup command-line property /source:<Path>. Ports that are used with software distribution-based installation TCP 445 - Server Message Block (SMB) between the site server and clientcomputer. TCP 80 - Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) from the client computer to a management point when theconnection is over HTTP.TCP 443 - Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTPS) from the client computer to a management pointwhen the connection is over HTTPS.Further information 2:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682180.aspx Windows Firewall and Port Settings for Client Computers in Configuration Manager Programs and Portsthat Configuration Manager Requires Client Push InstallationTo use client push to install the System Center 2012 Configuration Manager client, add the following asexceptions to the Windows Firewall:Outbound and inbound: File and Printer SharingInbound: Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)Client Installation by Using Group PolicyTo use Group Policy to install the Configuration Manager client, add File and Printer Sharing as anexception to the Windows Firewall.Further information 3:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682191.aspx Determine the Client Installation Method to Use for Windows Computers in Configuration ManagerThe following table outlines the advantages and disadvantages of each client installation method to help youdetermine which will work best in your organization:Client push installationCan be used to install the client on a single computer, a collection of computers, or to the results from aquery.Can be used to automatically install the client on all discovered computers. Automatically uses client installation properties defined on the Client tab in the ClientPush InstallationProperties dialog box.Can cause high network traffic when pushing to large collections. Can only be used on computers that have been discovered by System Center 2012ConfigurationManager.Cannot be used to install clients in a workgroup.A client push installation account must be specified that has administrative rights to the intended clientcomputer.Windows Firewall must be configured on client computers with exceptions so that client push installationcan be completed.You cannot cancel client push installation. When you use this client installation method for a site,Configuration Manager tries to install the client on all discoveredresources and retries any failures for upto 7 days.

Page 71: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Software update point-based installationCan use your existing software updates infrastructure to manage the client software. Can automatically install the client software on new computers if WindowsServer Update Services(WSUS) and Group Policy settings in Active Directory Domain Services are configured correctly.Does not require computers to bediscovered before the client can be installed. Computers can read client installation properties that have been published to Active Directory DomainServices.Will reinstall the client software if it is removed.Does not require you to configure and maintain an installation account for the intended client computer.Requires a functioning software updates infrastructure as a prerequisite. Must use the same server for client installation and software updates, and this server mustreside in aprimary site.To install new clients, you must configure an Group Policy Object (GDO) in Active Directory DomainServices with the client's active software update point and port. If the Active Directory schema is not extended for System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, youmustuse Group Policy settings to provision computers with client installation properties. Group Policy installationDoes not require computers to be discoveredbefore the client can be installed.Can be used for new client installations or for upgrades. Computers can read client installation properties that have been publishedto Active Directory DomainServices.Does not require you to configure and maintain an installation account for the intended client computer.Can cause high network traffic if a large number of clients are being installed. If the Active Directory schema is not extended for System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager, you mustuse Group Policy settings to add client installation properties to computers in your site. Logon script installationDoes not require computers to bediscovered before the client can be installed.Supports using command-line properties for CCMSetup. Can cause high network traffic if a large number of clients arebeing installed over a short time period.Can take a long time to install on all client computers if users do not frequently log on to the network.Manual installation

Does not require computers to be discovered before the client can be installed.Can be useful for testing purposes.Supports using command-line properties for CCMSetup.No automation, therefore time consuming.

QUESTION 44Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment that contains sixservers configured as shown in the following table:

Server5 and Server6 are in the perimeter network, while Server1, Server2, Server3, and Server4 are in theinternal network.

Page 72: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A corporate security policy states that remote computers are forbidden to communicate directly withservers on the internal network.

You need to ensure that you collect inventory data from the remote computers.

What should you do?

A. Install Windows Server Update Serves (WSUS) on Server3.B. Configure the Exchange connector on Server3.C. Install a management point on Server2.D. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server6.E. Install a software update point on Server3.F. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server6.G. Install an enrollment proxy point on Server6.H. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server3.I. Install a protected distribution point on Server1.J. Configure IIS to support only HTTPS on Servers.K. Install a management point on Server5.

Page 73: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

L. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server6.M. Configure IIS to support only HTTP on Server5.N. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server3.O. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server4.

Correct Answer: KSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712701.aspx Planning for Communications in Configuration ManagerPlanning for Communications Across Forests in Configuration Manager When your Configuration Manager design spans multiple Active Directory domains andforests, use theadditional information in the following table to help you plan for the following types of communication:..Communication in a site that spans forests: Does not require a two-way forest trust. To support clients primary sites support the installation of each site system roleon computers in otherforests.Note: Two exceptions are the out of band service point and the Application Catalog web servicepoint. Each must be installed in the same forest as the site server.When the site system role accepts connections from the Internet, as a security best practice, install thesesite system roles in an untrusted forest (for example, in aperimeter network) so that the forest boundaryprovides protection for the site server.

When you specify a computer to be a site system server, you must specify the Site System InstallationAccount. This account must have local administrativecredentials to connect to, and then install sitesystem roles on the specified computer.

When you install a site system role in an untrusted forest, you must select the site system option Requirethe site server to initiate connections to this site system.This configuration enables the site server toestablish connections to the site system server to transfer data. This prevents the site system server thatis in theuntrusted location from initiating contact with the site server that is inside your trusted network.These connections use the Site System Installation Account that youuse to install the site system server.The management point and enrollment point site system roles connect to the site database. By default,when these site systemroles are installed, Configuration Manager configures the computer account ofthe new site system server as the connection account and adds the account to theappropriate SQLServer database role. When you install these site system roles in an untrusted domain, you mustconfigure the site system role connection accountto enable the site system role to obtain informationfrom the database. If you configure a domain user account for these connection accounts, ensure that theaccount hasappropriate access to the SQL Server database at that site:* Management point: Management Point Database Connection Account* Enrollment point: Enrollment Point Connection Account Consider the following additional information when you plan for site system roles in other forests:* If you run a Windows Firewall, configure the applicable firewall profiles to pass communicationsbetween the site database server and computers that are installedwith remote site system roles.

* When the Internet-based management point trusts the forest that contains the user accounts, userpolicies are supported. When no trust exists, only computerpolicies are supported.Further information:The Management Point will collect all Client data and forward it to the Primary Site Server.

Page 74: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 45Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager with Microsoft Forefront EndpointProtection integration.

You deploy Forefront Endpoint Protection to all client computers.

The company uses a management Application named App1.

You discover that Forefront Endpoint Protection blocks App1.You need to ensure that App1 can run.How should you configure the Default Client Malware Policy?(Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.)

A. Create a software restriction policy.B. Add a process exclusion.C. Add a file location exclusion.D. Modify the schedule scan settings.E. Click the Use behavior monitoring check box.

Correct Answer: BCSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh508785.aspx How to Create and Deploy Antimalware Policies for Endpoint Protection in Configuration Manager

Page 75: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 76: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 46Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. You deploy a Microsoft Office 2007 package to all client computers by usingConfiguration Manager.

Your company purchases Office 2010.

You need to ensure that all users can install Office 2010 from the Application Catalog.

What should you do?

A. Deploy a new package for Office 2010.B. Deploy Office 2010 by using a Group Policy Object (GPO).C. Update the Office 2007 source file and redeploy the package.D. Deploy a new Application for Office 2010.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg699369.aspx Packages and Programs in Configuration ManagerMicrosoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager continues to support packages and programs that wereused in Configuration Manager 2007...You can use Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager Package Conversion Manager to convertpackages and programs into Configuration Managerapplications.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682125.aspx Introduction to Application Management in Configuration Manager

QUESTION 47You deploy Windows 7 by using Operating System Deployment (OSD).

The development task sequence contains steps to install software updates and Applications.

The amount of time required to deploy the Windows 7 image has increased significantly during the last sixmonths.

You need to recommend a solution to reduce the amount of time it takes to deploy the image.

What should you recommend?

A. Synchronize software updates before deploying the image.

Page 77: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Use offline servicing for the image.C. Create a new automatic deployment rule.D. Add an additional Install Software Updates step to the deployment task sequence.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/inside_osd/archive/2011/04/18/configuration-manager-2012-offline- servicing-foroperating-system-images.aspx

Configuration Manager 2012: Offline Servicing for Operating System Images In Configuration Manager 2012 there is a new feature for applying updates tooperating system images whilethey are in the Configuration Manager library. This means any operating system image you see in theOperating Systems > OperatingSystems Images node from the Software Library wunderbar can be updatedwith Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates. By updating an image in the SoftwareLibrary instead ofperforming a new build and capture of the operating system image you will gain a few distinct advantages. Youwill be able to reduce the risk ofvulnerabilities during operating system deployments and reduce the overalloperating system deployment to the end user. You will also reduce the administrativeeffort to maintain youroperating system images.

The feature is applicable for Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates and for the following operatingsystems:Microsoft Windows Vista SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows Server 2008 SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows 7 RTMMicrosoft Windows 2008 R2Further information:http://www.windows-noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/4683-using-sccm-2012-rc-in-a-lab- part-12-updatingan-operating-system-image-using-offline-servicing/usingSCCM 2012 RC in a LAB - Part 12. Updating an Operating System image using Offline Servicing.

QUESTION 48You have Windows 7 images that are rebuilt quarterly and sported to System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager.

The Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2012 is integrated with Configuration Manager. You need to reduce the network security risks when the images aredeployed by using OperatingSystem Deployment (OSD).

What should you do?(Choose all that Apply.)

A. After the Apply Operating System Image task sequence step, add a step to install software updatesoffline.B. Before the Apply Operating System image task sequence step, add a step to install DeploymentImaging Servicing and Management (DISM).C. After the installation of the final Application, add an Install Software Updates task sequence step.D. After the Apply Operating System Image task sequence step, add a Run Command line step that runswuauclt.exe /detectnow

Page 78: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

E. Before the Apply Operating System image task sequence step, add a step to install the WindowsAutomated Installation Kit (Windows AIK).

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/inside_osd/archive/2011/04/18/configuration-manager-2012-offline- servicing-foroperating-system-images.aspx

Configuration Manager 2012: Offline Servicing for Operating System Images In Configuration Manager 2012 there is a new feature for applying updates tooperating system images whilethey are in the Configuration Manager library. This means any operating system image you see in theOperating Systems > OperatingSystems Images node from the Software Library wunderbar can be updatedwith Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates. By updating an image in the SoftwareLibrary instead ofperforming a new build and capture of the operating system image you will gain a few distinct advantages. Youwill be able to reduce the risk ofvulnerabilities during operating system deployments and reduce the overalloperating system deployment to the end user. You will also reduce the administrativeeffort to maintain youroperating system images.

The feature is applicable for Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates and for the following operatingsystems:Microsoft Windows Vista SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows Server 2008 SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows 7 RTMMicrosoft Windows 2008 R2http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh846237.aspx

Task Sequence Steps in Configuration ManagerThe following task sequence steps can be added to a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager tasksequence:

Install Software UpdatesUse the Install Software Updates task sequence step to install software updates on the destinationcomputer. The destination computer is not evaluated forapplicable software updates until this tasksequence step runs. At that time, the destination computer is evaluated for software updates like anyother ConfigurationManager-managed client. In particular, this step installs only the software updatesthat are targeted to collections of which the computer is currently a member. Thistask sequence step runs only in a standard operating system. It does not run in Windows PE.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh824821.aspx Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM) Technical Reference Deployment Image Servicingand Management (DISM) is a command-line tool that is used to mount andservice Windows® images before deployment. You can use DISM image managementcommands to mount,and get information about, Windows image (.wim) files or virtual hard disks (VHD) and to capture, split, andotherwise manage .wim files.

wuauclt.exe /detectnowThe detectnow switch will force a relatively immediate query to the WSUS server to see if there are anyupdates that are needed. If there are, the yellow shield willappear in the system tray. This is usually prettyquick, within 20-30 seconds.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc748933%28v=ws.10%29.aspx Windows Automated Installation Kit (Windows AIK)

Page 79: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The Windows Automated Installation Kit (Windows AIK) is designed to help original equipment manufacturers(OEMs), system builders, and corporate IT professionals deploy Windows onto new hardware.The WindowsAIK is a set of deployment tools supporting the latest release of Windows.

QUESTION 49Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You create a collection named All Marketing Users.

You need to inventory the desktop settings of the All Marketing Users collection.

What should you do?

To answer, move the four appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Page 80: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712290.aspxHow to Extend Hardware Inventory in Configuration ManagerSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager hardware inventory reads information about devices by using Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). WMI isthe Microsoft implementation of web-based Enterprise Management (WBEM), which is an industry standard for accessing management information in an enterpriseenvironment.In previous versions of Configuration Manager, you could extend hardware inventory by modifying the file sms_def.mof on the site server...In System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you no longer edit the sms_def.mof file as you did in Configuration Manager 2007. Instead, you can enable anddisable WMI classes, and add new classes to collect by hardware inventory by using client settings. Configuration Manager provides the following methods toextend hardware inventory:Enable or disable existing inventory classes - You can enable or disable the default inventory classes used by Configuration Manager or you can create customclient settings that allow you to collect different hardware inventory classes from specified collections of clients.Add a new inventory class - You can add a new inventory class from the WMI namespace of another device.Import and export hardware inventory classes - You can import and export Managed Object Format (MOF) files that contain inventory classes from theConfiguration Manager console.Create NOIDMIF Files - Use NOIDMIF files to collect information about client devices that cannot be inventoried by Configuration Manager.Create IDMIF Files - Use IDMIF files to collect information about assets in your organization that are not associated with a Configuration Manager client, forexample, projectors, photocopiers and network printers.

Page 81: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa394121%28v=vs.85%29.aspxWin32_Desktop class (Windows)The Win32_Desktop WMI class represents the common characteristics of a user's desktop. The properties of this class can be modified by the user to customizethe desktop.Further information:The screenshots show the wizard screen.Since we need to inventory WMI information, that means we need Hardware Inventory and you can only do that with a Custom Client Device Setting:

Page 82: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 50Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You have a sales department that contains 500 employees, 20 of whom are sales managers. Each salesdepartment employee has a desktop computer that isconfigured as their primary device.

The sales managers frequently log on to computers in the marketing department.

You plan to deploy a new sales application named App1.

You need to ensure that App1 is only available to the sales department employees when they log on totheir primary device.

Page 83: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should you do?

A. In a requirement rule, set Organization Unit = Sales.B. In Client Settings, set Allow user to define their primary devices to False.C. In a requirement rule, set Primary Device = True.D. In Client Settings, set Allow user to define their primary devices to True.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg699365.aspx How to Manage User Device Affinity in Configuration Manager User device affinity in Microsoft SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager is a method of associating a userwith one or more specified devices. User device affinity can eliminate the need to know thenames of a user'sdevices in order to deploy an application to that user. Instead of deploying the application to all of the user'sdevices, you deploy the application tothe user. Then, user device affinity automatically ensures that theapplication install on all devices that are associated with that user.

You can define primary devices. These are typically the devices that users use on a daily basis to perform theirwork. When you create an affinity between a userand a device, you gain more software deployment options.For example, if a user requires Microsoft Office Visio, you can install it on the user's primary device byusing aWindows Installer deployment. However, on a device that is not a primary device, you might deploy MicrosoftOffice Visio as a virtual application. You canalso use user device affinity to predeploy software on a user'sdevice when the user is not logged in. Then, when the user logs on, the application is already installedandready to run.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682174.aspx How to Create Deployment Types in Configuration Manager Steps to Create a Deployment TypeStep 1: Start the Create Deployment Type Wizard.Step 2: Specify whether you want to automatically detect or to manually define the deployment typeinformation.Step 3: Specify the content options for the deployment type. Step 4: Configure the detection methods to indicate the presence of the application. Step 5: Specify theuser experience options for the deployment type. Step 6: Specify the requirements for the deployment type. Requirements are used to specify the conditions thatmust be met before a deployment type can beinstalled on a client device.Step 7: Specify the dependencies for the deployment type. Step 8: Confirm the deployment type settings and complete the wizard. Step 9: Configure additionaloptions for the deployment types that contain virtual applications. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682174.aspx#BKMK_Step61 Step 6: SpecifyRequirements for the Deployment Type1. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Add to open the CreateRequirement dialog box, and add a new requirement.2. From the Category drop-down list, select whether this requirement is for a device or a user, or selectCustom to use a previously created global condition. Whenyou select Custom, you can also click Create tocreate a new global condition.Important: If you create a requirement of the category User and the condition Primary Device, andthen deploy the application to a device collection, the requirementwill evaluate as false.3. From the Condition drop-down list, select the condition that you want to use to assess whether the user ordevice meets the installation requirements. Thecontents of this list will vary depending on the selectedcategory.4. From the Operator drop-down list, choose the operator that will be used to compare the selected conditionto the specified value to assess whether the user or

Page 84: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

device meets in the installation requirement. Theavailable operators will vary depending on the selected condition.5. In the Value field, specify the values that will be used with the selected condition and operator whether theuser or device meets in the installation requirement.The available values will vary depending on theselected condition and the selected operator.6. Click OK to save the requirement rule and exit the Create Requirement dialog box.7. On the Requirements page of the Create Deployment Type Wizard, click Next.

QUESTION 51Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.You add a software update point to the environment.

You receive a message indicating that SMS WSUS Synchronization failed. You need to retrieve additional information about the message.

Which log file should you review?

A. Locationservices.logB. Smsexec.logC. Ccm.logD. Sdmagent.logE. Dcmagent.logF. Rcmctrl.logG. Wsyncmgr.logH. Ciagent.logI. Hman.logJ. Contenttransfermanager.logK. Sitestat.log

Correct Answer: GSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Further information:Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.

Page 85: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Smsexec.logSite server or site system server log fielRecords the processing of all site server component threads.Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informative details about installing the software updates required forcompliance.DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Ciagent.logClient log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.hman.logSite server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.ContentTransferManager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability and disk space monitoring process of all site systems.

QUESTION 52You need to implement a solution to meet the IM requirements for the help desk users.

What should you do?

A. Install Unified Communications Managed API 3.0 Runtime on LON-SM1.B. Install the Lync 2010 client on LON-SM1.C. Create a Service Manager workflow.D. Create an IM channel.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Ref: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh495482.aspx

QUESTION 53

Page 86: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to implement the alert notifications. The solution must meet the technical requirements. A Lync Server administrator enables an account named ADATUM\IMUser for Unified Communications. What should you do next?

A. Configure ADATUM\IMUser as a Run As Account. Install the Lync Management Pack.Create a notification subscriber and an IM channel.

B. Create a mailbox for the ADATUM\IMUser account Install the Exchange Server Management Pack. Create a notification subscriber and an SMTP channel.C. Create a mailbox for the ADATUM\IMUser account. Install Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Runtime. Create a notification subscriber and an SMTP channel.D. Configure ADATUM\IMUser as a Run As Account. Install Unified Communications Managed API 3.0 Runtime. Create a notification subscriber and an IM

channel.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54You need to recommend a solution to remediate the Exchange Server 2010 service failures.

The solution must meet the technical requirements.What should you include in the recommendation?

A. Create a service request workflow that triggers a dependent activity.B. Create an incident event workflow that triggers a dependent activity.C. Create an incident event workflow that triggers a runbook activity.D. Create a service request workflow that triggers a runbook activity.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55You need to recommend a solution to meet the monitoring requirements for App2.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

Page 87: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. An aggregate rollup monitorB. A distributed applicationC. A dependency rollup monitorD. Service monitors

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:"Ensure that the instances of the App2 hosted in Cloud1 are monitored from a graphical diagram that displaysall of the components of App2"

QUESTION 56You need to recommend a solution to ensure that the sales department managers can create instances of App1 in Cloud1.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. A subscription in App Controller and a task in Service ManagerB. A dashboard in Operations Manager and a distributed applicationC. A task in Operations Manager and a distributed applicationD. A service offering in Service Manager and a runbook in Orchestrator

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57You need to implement a solution to meet the monitoring requirements for App1.

Which template should you use?

A. TCP PortB. Web Application Transaction MonitoringC. Windows ServiceD. Process Monitoring

Page 88: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:The Web Application Transaction Monitoring template lets you test a website or web-based application bysending requests over HTTP, validating their response,and measuring their performance. This can be a simpletest to determine if the website is responding, or it can be a complex set of requests to simulate a user whoisperforming such actions as logging on to the site and browsing through a set of pages.

QUESTION 58You need to recommend which Orchestrator integration packs must be deployed to reduce the amount of development effort required to deploy an instance ofVMT1.

Which Orchestrator integration packs should you recommend?

A. The System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager and the System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 ServiceManager

B. The System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 Service Manager and the System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager

C. The System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 Operations Manager and the System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 ServiceManager

D. The System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager and the System Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012Operations Manager

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59You need to make changes to the virtual machine template used to deploy web servers for App2.The changes must resolve the NLB issue.

Which setting should you modify for the virtual machine template?

A. Capabilities Profiles

Page 89: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Guest OS ProfilesC. Application ProfilesD. Hardware Profiles

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh335098.aspx Configure the network adapter to use a logical network with static IP address assignment, staticMACaddresses, and, depending on the hypervisor that you want to deploy the service to, enable MAC addressspoofing.

QUESTION 60You need to recommend a solution to manage the changes made to the custom rules. The solution must meet the technical requirements.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Export the Operations Manager operational database.B. Back up the Operations Manager folder.C. Back up the Operations Manager data warehouse database.D. Export the custom management packs.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61You need to recommend a solution to monitor the SharePoint Server 2010 server farm.

The solution must meet the technical requirements.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. A distributed applicationB. A synthetic transactionC. A subscription

Page 90: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. An event rule

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62You need to recommend a solution to meet the compliance requirements for the new instance of App1 in theNew York office.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Selectthe BEST answer.)

A. A security templateB. The Audit Collection Services (ACS)C. A custom management packD. The Process Pack for IT GRC

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:The Process Pack for IT GRC is designed to facilitate compliance activities conducted by your organizations ITexperts, auditors, accountants, attorneys and othercompliance professionals. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd206732.aspxhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en- us/library/dd206732.aspx

QUESTION 63You virtualize all of the SharePoint servers and add them to the Corporate private cloud.

You need to prepare the infrastructure for the planned monitoring of the SharePoint servers.

Which two actions should you perform after NWT-SCOM01 is deployed and NWT-VMM01 is upgraded? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

A. Import the System Center Management Pack for SharePoint Server 2013 to NWT-SCOM01.B. Create a new distributed application on NWT-SCOM01.C. Install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on the SharePoint virtual servers.D. Import the System Center Management Pack for SharePoint Server 2013 to NWT-VMM01.

Page 91: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

E. Install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on the visualization hosts.

Correct Answer: ABCSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64You deploy a new virtual machine named VM29 for App1.

You view VM29 from the Operations Manager console.

You discover that VM29 is not visible when viewing the health of App1.

You need to ensure that VM29 is visible when viewing the health of App1.

What should you do?

A. Edit the application monitoring rules.B. Run a network devices discovery rule.C. Run an Active Directory server discovery rule.D. Edit the distributed application design.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65You are preparing a virtual machine that will be used as a template.

You need to install SQL Server 2008 R2 on the virtual machine. The solution must meet the technical requirement for creating virtual machines.

Which SQL Server 2008 R2 installation option should you select?

A. Install based on configuration file

Page 92: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Image completion of a prepared stand-alone instance of SQL ServerC. Image preparation of a stand-alone instance of SQL ServerD. Advanced cluster preparation

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66You need to recommend a solution to resolve the security issue for the servers.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. A Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer (MBSA) scanB. A Configuration Manager Desired Configuration Management scanC. A System Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) compliance scanD. A Microsoft Security Compliance Manager scan

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67You need to recommend a solution for the application servers. The solution must meet the technical requirements.

What should you create?

A. A protection group that contains all of the application serversB. A protection group that contains all of the Hyper-V hostsC. A separate protection group for each application ownerD. A separate protection group for each application server

Correct Answer: D

Page 93: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68You need to recommend which System Center 2012 component must be added to the System Center infrastructure to meet the technical requirement for theConfiguration Manager service.

The solution must minimize administrative effort.

Which component should you recommend?

A. App ControllerB. Microsoft System Center Advisor (SCA)C. Service ManagerD. Orchestrator

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Answer A can do that. Also D can be part of a solution, but then you still need A. You cannot do this without A,but you can do this without D :)

QUESTION 69You need to recommend a solution to meet the update requirement for the Hyper-V hosts.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. System Center 2012 Orchestrator runbooksB. VMM update baselinesC. System Center 2012 Service Manager workflowsD. Configuration Manager auto deployment rules

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 94: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70You need to recommend a solution to meet the technical requirements for MP1.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Aggregate rollup monitorsB. Event collection rulesC. Synthetic transactionsD. Overrides

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71You need to identify the information that is required to discover each switch by using an explicit discovery.

Which information do you require for each switch? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. The IP addressB. The MAC addressC. The management credentialsD. The SNMP community string

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh278846.aspx To create a network devices discovery rule, you need the following information:The IP address or FQDN of each device that you want to discover and monitor. It is SNMP v3 devices. So you need credentials to discover them.

QUESTION 72

Page 95: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to recommend a solution to meet the alerts requirement for the database administrators.

What should you recommend?

A. Install a cellular modem on TOR-OM1. Create a subscription and a notification channel.B. Install a cellular modem on TOR-CM1. Create a subscription and a notification channel.C. Install a cellular modem on TOR-OM1. Create a monitor and a subscriber.D. Install a cellular modem on TOR-CM1. Create a monitor and a subscriber.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:A. Install a cellular modem on TOR-OM1. Create a subscription and a notification channel. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212725.aspx

A notification requires the following elements:A Run As account that provides credentials to the Notification Account Run As profile. A notification channel which defines the format for the notification and themethod by which the notification is sent.A notification subscriber which defines the recipients and the schedule for sending notifications to the subscriber.A notification subscription which defines the criteria for sending a notification, the channel to be used, and the subscribers to receive the notification.

QUESTION 73You need to recommend a solution to resolve the monitoring issue for the Hyper-V hosts.

Which performance object should you recommend?

A. Hyper-V Hypervisor Root Virtual ProcessorB. ProcessorC. Hyper-V Hypervisor Virtual ProcessorD. Hyper-V Hypervisor Logical Processor

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 96: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 74You need to recommend which object must be monitored from Operations Manager to identify how the memory of VM1 is assigned.

Which object should you include in the recommendation?

A. MemoryB. A Hyper-V Hypervisor Root PartitionC. A Hyper-V Hypervisor PartitionD. A Hyper-V VM Vid Partition

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Problem Statement: You suspect that the memory assigned to VM1 spans more than one NUMA nodeQuestion: Identify how the memory of VM1 is assigned.From Blogs.msdn.com:"The Hyper-V VM Vid Partition counters have two interesting counters. The "Physical Pages Allocated" is the total number of guest pages and VID pages needed tomanage the VM.The "Remote Physical Pages" let you know on NUMA based systems if a VM is spanning multiple nodes."http://blogs.msdn.com/b/tvoellm/archive/2009/04/23/monitoring-hyper-v-performance.aspx

QUESTION 75You need to recommend an automated solution to resolve the ticket generation issue.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. From Operations Manager, create diagnostic tasks. From Orchestrator, create runbooks that forward alerts to the help desk application.B. From Service Manager, create a connector. From Operations Manager, configure the connector.C. From Service Manager, create a connector. From Orchestrator, configure connectors.D. From Operations Manager, create diagnostic tasks. From Orchestrator, configure connectors.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc181012.aspx The relevant problem statement is "- When an alert is generated in Operations Manager, a help desk user

Page 97: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

hasto generate a ticket manually from the help desk application." Creating a connector from SCOM to SCSM means Incidents may be automatically generated fromSCOMalerts.Another useful link for the answerhttp://valentincristea.com/2013/11/28/automating-incident-problem-management-part-ii- configuring-thescomscsm-connector/

QUESTION 76You need to ensure that the self-service users and the administrators can deploy virtual machines.The solution must meet the technical requirements.

What should you create?

A. Two VMM library sharesB. One host profileC. Two application profilesD. One virtual machine template

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:One virtual machine template would be enough. So I would think it is answer D The way I understand the TechNet article, librarys and shares are used to mantainfile-based items like VHDs,scripts and ISOs. A second library or another share would not change the way how a VM can be created(dynamic memory or not) justfrom which place it will use the "ingredients"http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg610598.aspx

QUESTION 77You need to recommend a solution to meet the monitoring requirements for App1.

What should you recommend?

A. Install the Management Pack for Operations Manager APM Web IIS 7, download and install the Internet Information Services (IIS) 7 Management Pack, andthen run the .NET Application Performance Monitoring wizard.

B. Configure a synthetic transaction, and then run the Process Monitoring wizard.C. Install the Management Pack for Operations Manager APM Web IIS 7, and then run the Process Monitoring wizard.D. Configure a synthetic transaction, and then run the .NET Application Performance Monitoring wizard.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)

Page 98: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78You need to recommend a solution to meet the technical requirements for identifying the Windows Server and SQL Server configuration issues.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Audit Collection Services (ACS)B. Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)C. Best Practices Analyzer (BPA)D. Microsoft System Center Advisor (SCA)

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79You need to implement a notification solution to meet the technical requirements.

What should you create from Operations Manager? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Two channels and one subscriberB. One channel and one SubscriberC. One channel and two subscribersD. Two channels and two subscribers

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:You need two channels, one for e-mail one for SMShttp://blogs.technet.com/b/kevinholman/archive/2012/04/28/opsmgr-2012-configure- notifications.aspx

Page 99: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

I think the problem is, are there two administrator groups, one for each department? If there is, you need atleast two subscribers if not, you can do with one. Since itis not explicitly stated that there are two admin groups, I would go for a single admin group. So then itwould be answer A:

QUESTION 80You discover that many incidents are generated for VM2.

You need to resolve all of the incidents from Service Manager in one operation.

What should you create? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. A configuration itemB. An incident event workflowC. A dependent activityD. A problem

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2009/11/02/overview-of-problem- management-in-servicemanager.aspx

QUESTION 81You need to recommend a solution to implement the planned changes for the research department.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. The existing VMM infrastructureB. The existing Service Manager infrastructureC. A solution that includes System Center 2012 App ControllerD. The existing Orchestrator infrastructure

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Topic 7, Mixed Questions

Page 100: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 82You have a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure.

You plan to implement the Audit Collection Service (ACS). ACS reports will not be available from the Operations Manager console.You need to recommend a solution to view the ACS reports.

What should you include in the recommendation?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. A Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) instanceB. A reporting services point in Configuration ManagerC. A Reporting data warehouse for Service ManagerD. A Microsoft SharePoint Server report library

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83Your company has a datacenter in Los Angeles that contains a private cloud. The private cloud is managed by using a System Center 2012 Virtual MachineManager (VMM) infrastructure.

You create a host group named HG1. You move several Hyper-V hosts to HG1.

You plan to manage Windows updates for the hosts in HG1 by using VMM.

An administrator creates a baseline as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.)

Page 101: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You discover that the updates defined in the baseline are not applied to the hosts in HG1.

You need to ensure that the required updates are deployed to the hosts in HG1.

What should you do?

Page 102: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Copy the required updates to the VMM library server.B. Modify the properties of HG1.C. Copy the Virtual Machine template to an alternate location.D. Modify the properties of the baseline.E. Synchronize the Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) server.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Orchestrator, System Center 2012 Operations Manager, and System Center2012 Service Manager infrastructure.

You discover that a service on a server repeatedly stops.

You need to configure a solution to remediate the recurring issue automatically.What should you do?

A. From Service Manager, configure an incident event workflow.B. From Operations Manager, create a monitor.C. From Service Manager, create an incident template.D. From Operations Manager, configure the CI connector.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Answer D: When creating a monitor, you can create a recovery action From the Unleashed book:

Page 103: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 85Your company has a datacenter in Los Angeles.

The datacenter contains a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

A server named VMM1 hosts the System Center 2012 Service Manager management server. A server named Server2 hosts the System Center 2012 Orchestratormanagement server.

You plan to use a runbook named Book1 to update the status of Service Manager incidents.

You need to ensure that you can create Book1, and then reference the runbook in Service Manager.

What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. From the Service Manager Console, add an incident event workflow.B. From the Service Manager Shell, run the Set-SCDWJobSchedulecmdlet.C. From the Orchestrator Deployment Manager, register the Integration Pack for System Center Service Manager.D. From the Service Manager Console, create an Orchestrator connector.E. From the System Center 2012 Orchestrator Runbook designer, create a connection.F. From the Service Manager Shell, run the Enable-SCDWJobSchedulecmdlet.

Correct Answer: CDESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Install the integration pack for SCSM on Orchestrator and configure the connection settings (SCSM server name, User, Password)

Page 104: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Create a new runbookFirst activity -> "Monitor Object" of SCSM integration pack -> Incident Class -> On Update -> Filter "Support Group" not equal "Tier 1"

Add 6 "Send Email" activities -> 6 different recipients -> add the text in each mail body Link all 6 "Send Email" activities with the first "Monitor Object" activity Oneach link delete the default rule "On success"Add a new criteria -> Choose the "Support Group" from the data bus ->criteria of the first link "Support Group" equals "Tier 2"

Do the same with the other Links and Support Groups.Check in and start the runbookhttp://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en/administration/thread/ea41a3a4-0b40-47ee-9ecc- a2ecab8794bf

To create an Orchestrator connectorIn the Service Manager console, click Administration. In the Administration pane, expand Administration, and then click Connectors. In the Tasks pane, underConnectors, click Create Connector, and then click Orchestrator connector.

Perform these steps to complete the Orchestrator Connector Wizard:On the Before You Begin page, click Next.On the General page, in the Name box, type a name for the new connector. Make sure that Enable this connector is selected, and then click Next. On theConnection page, in the Server Information area, type the URL of the Orchestrator Web service, depending on which version of Orchestrator you are using:For Orchestrator Beta, type the URL of the Orchestrator Web service in the form of http://<computer>:<port>/Orchestrator.svc, where <computer> is the name of the computer hosting the web service and <port> is theport number where the web service is installed. (The default port number is 81.) For Orchestrator RC, type the URL of the Orchestrator Web service in the form ofhttp://<computer>:<port>/Orchestrator2012/Orchestrator.svc, where <computer> is the name of the computer hosting the web service and <port> is the port number where the web service isinstalled. (The default port number is 81.)

On the Connection page, in the Credentials area, either select an existing account or click New, and then do the following:

In the Run As Account dialog box, in the Display name box, type a name for the Run As account. In the Account list, select Windows Account. Enter the credentialsfor an account that has rights to connect Orchestrator, and then click OK. On the Connection page, click Test Connection.NoteSpecial characters (such as the ampersand [&]) in the User Name box are not supported. In the Test Connection dialog box, make sure that the message "Theconnection to the server was successful" appears, and then click OK. On the Connection page, click Next.

On the Folder page, select a folder, and then click Next. On the Web Console URL page, type the URL for the Orchestrator web console in the form of http://<computer>:port (the default port number is 82), and then click Next. On the Summary page, make sure that the settings are correct, and then click Create. On theCompletion page, make sure that you receive the message "Orchestrator connector successfully created," and then click Close.

To validate the creation of an Orchestrator connector In the Connectors pane, locate the Orchestrator connector that you created. Review the Status column for astatus of Finished Success.

Note

Page 105: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Allow sufficient time for the import process to finish if you are importing a large number of runbooks.

In the Service Manager console, click Library.In the Library pane, expand Library, and then click Runbooks. Review the Runbooks pane, and note that your runbooks have been imported. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh519779.aspx The Integration Pack for System Center Service Manager is an add-in for Opalis Integration Server 6.3 thatenables you to use System Center Service Manager to coordinate and use operational data in an existing IT environment comprised of service desk systems,configuration management systems,, and event monitoring systems,, including specifically BMC Remedy IT Service Management Suite, BMC Atrium, and HPService Manager 7 and HP Service Center 6.2.

With this integration pack, you can also create workflows that interact with and transfer information to the integration packs for System Center Operations Manager,System Center Data Protection Manager, System Center Configuration Manager, and System Center Virtual Machine Manager.

Opalis, a Microsoft Subsidiary, is committed to helping you protect your privacy, while delivering software that brings you the performance, power, and convenienceyou want. For more information, seetheOpalis 6.3

Privacy Statement (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202690). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg464964.aspx

QUESTION 86You have a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure that has Orchestrator and Service Manager installed.

Integration between Orchestrator and Service Manager is configured.

You need to ensure that when a change request is made in Service Manager, the following requirements are met:The ticket number is logged to a file.The file contains the ticket numbers for every change request. Each time a ticket number is logged to the file, an email message is sent to an administrator.

Which activities should you use in a runbook?

A. Monitor Object, Insert Line, and Send EmailB. Get Activity, Append Line, and Send EmailC. Monitor State, Insert Line, and Send EmailD. Monitor Object, Append Line, and Send Email

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh549275.aspx You do not know when the action should take place. So you need the monitor to trigger your action (nottheother way around). The get activity is used when a runbook is already running. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh206072.aspx Above states to use the

Page 106: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Append Line command for logging purposes (which is not described as such for theInsert Line command)."Use the Append Line activity to append lines to a log file to create audits trails of runbooks."

QUESTION 87Your company has a datacenter in Los Angeles that contains a private cloud. The private cloud contains a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The System Center 2012 infrastructure contains the following:Service ManagerOrchestratorOperations Manager

You plan to configure the private cloud to meet the following requirements:Integrate runbooks to Service Manager requests.Automate administration tasks by using runbooks.Provide end users with the ability to perform administrative tasks.

You need to configure the private cloud to meet the requirements.

What should you do from Service Manager?

A. Register a data source.B. Register the Orchestrator Integration Packs.C. Create a channel.D. Select the sync folder for the Orchestrator connector.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88Our company has a main office and 10 branch offices. The network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com.Each office contains domain controllers.

You have a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure that has Operations Manager and Service Managerinstalled.

Each office has multiple VLANs. All switches are managed switches. Users in the branch offices occasionally call the help desk to report that they cannot accesssome of thenetwork resources in the main office.

Page 107: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to ensure that all of the ports on the switches can be monitored by using Operations Manager.

What is the best configuration to achieve the goal? More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Selectthe BEST answer.

A. A recursive discovery for the network devices by using ICMPB. An explicit discovery for the network devices by using ICMPC. A recursive discovery for the network devices by using SNMPD. An explicit discovery for the network devices by using SNMP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

From Operations Manager, you create a group named Group1.

You add multiple servers to Group1.

You have an Active Directory group named Group2.

You configure a dashboard for the users in Group2 to manage the client computers in Group1.

You need to ensure that the users in Group2 can achieve the following tasks:View open critical alerts generated by Group1.Identify whether a monitor generated an alert.

Which object should you add to the dashboard?

A. An alert viewB. A state viewC. An alert widgetD. An event viewE. A state widget

Correct Answer: C

Page 108: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Adding an alert widget to a dashboardStep 1: In an empty dashboard cell, click on the "Click to add widget" link.This opens the New Dashboard and Widget Wizard.Step 2: Now you are presented with a selection of the available widgets.Select Alert Widgets and then click Next.Step 3: Once you give your widget a name and a description, you can choose a group or object for which todisplay alerts.

The ability to select between "Groups" and "Groups and objects" allows you to change the scope of objects forwhich you will receive alerts.

If you only want to target a certain object within a group or class, the "Groups and objects" option allows you to do so, while the "Groups" option enables you to viewalerts for allobjects within the group you choose.

Step 4: Next you can specify the criteria for the alerts you will receive. You may choose the Severity, Priority, and Resolution State of the alerts. For example, I willreceive alerts for warnings and information of all priority, and in either the new or closedstate.

Step 5: Lastly, select the columns to display for each alert. You can also decide how the alerts are sorted by default as well as how they are grouped. One greataddition to the alert widget that is not present in the alert view is the addition of the "Is Monitor Alert"column.

This column allows you to see whether the alert was generated by monitor rather than a rule. In my example, I will group alerts by "Is Monitor Alert" and sort by "LastModified".And there you have it.We've configured a dashboard with a powerful alert widget. It is a great way to quickly view the alerts you care about organized in the way you want. If you aren'tsatisfied with your configuration or if your needs change, you can always click the button whichgives you the option to reconfigure, personalize, or remove yourwidget.

Reconfiguring a widget opens a wizard with your previously chosen widget configuration and allows you tochange all of options to keep up to date with your needs.

Here you can change everything from the groups or objects targeted, to the name of the widget. Personalizing a widget allows you to change the display options forthat widget.

Here you can change which columns are displayed and how your alerts are grouped and sorted. This allows you to view the alerts within a context that is mostappropriate to you, but without having to worryabout the primary configuration details.

http://blogs.technet.com/b/momteam/archive/2011/10/17/operations-manager-2012-dashboards- thealertwidget.aspx

QUESTION 90Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The company defines the Service Level Agreement (SLA) for a

Page 109: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

web application as 99 percent uptime.

You need to create service level objectives (SLOs) that meet the SLA requirement.

Which object or objects should you create from the Service Manager Console? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. A queueB. A connectorC. A channelD. A calendarE. A metricF. A subscription

Correct Answer: ADESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:In SCSM 2012 the Service Level Management offers a great opportunity to implement SLAs for different IT management processes.With the four components of SLA management you can build your own complex SLAs:Queues ->Which work items are covered in the SLACalendar -> The service hours of an SLAMetrics ->What is measured in the SLAService Level Objective -> Target of the SLAhttp://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2012/01/25/scsm-2012-service-level- management.aspx

QUESTION 91Your company deploys System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager (VMM).

You plan to perform a new server deployment. The new server deployment will include a custom application named App1.

You use Server Application Virtualization (Server App-V) to virtualize App1. You create an application profile.

You create a service deployment to deploy the App1 by using a Windows Server 2012 R2 template.

After deploying the service, you discover that App1 was not installed. You view the application profile as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.)

Page 110: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to ensure that App1 is installed when you deploy the service.

What should you add to the application profile?

A. A Script Application that adds the Server App-V Agent

Page 111: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. A Script Application that adds the WebDeploy AgentC. A Script to Application that installs the Server App-V AgentD. A Script to Application that installs the WebDeploy Agent

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:You use Server Application Virtualization (Server App-V) to virtualize App1" (App-V application package, not a Web Deploy application package)

Please see the following page for more information on why I think the answer is A. Here is the specific quotefrom that page-"In VMM in System Center 2012 R2, ifyou kept the Compatibility option (described in the previous step) set tothe default option, General, you can add an application that will be deployed by running ascript, such as ascript based on a Setup.exe installation program. To add such an application, select Script Application."

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427291.aspx Also, in the PetShop example, the application you are deploying is specifically mentioned to be a webdeployapplication-6. Configure Applications: The application profile for the web tier will contain:1. Pre-install application profile script to install the Web Deploy client2. The web deploy application package3. Post-install application deployment script to configure the web deploy application http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg703293.aspx - How to Install theServer Application VirtualizationAgentUse one of the following ways to install the Server App-V Agent. After you install the Agent, you can review theSAVSetupChainerLog.txtfile for information about the installation process. Copy the Server App-V Agent installation files (Agentsetup.exe) to the computer that isrunning WindowsServer where you want to install the Server App-V Agent. You must also use the correct version of theinstallation file that matches the architectureof the computer that you are installing on, x86 or x64.

To start the Microsoft Server Application Virtualization Agent setup wizard, double-click AgentSetup.exe.On the Welcome page, click Next.Script to Application is from Orchestrator:http://blogs.technet.com/b/neilp/archive/2013/11/14/scvmm_5f00_servietemplate_5f00_scorch.a spx

Script Application is from VMMhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427291.aspx And the exhibit shows a VMM screenshot (at least that is what I think it is). So I think it should be A

QUESTION 92Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

You have a distributed application named App1. App1 has the following service level objectives (SLOs):

Page 112: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

At least 99.9 percent uptimeNo more than 85 percent average CPU utilization

You need to add the SLOs that monitor the required information to Service Level Tracking.

Which SLO or SLOs should you add? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. Monitor state SLO - AvailabilityB. Monitor state SLO - SecurityC. Collection rule SLOD. Monitor state SLO - PerformanceE. Monitor state SLO - Configuration

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh230719.aspx

To define a service level objective for an application Open the Operations console with an account that is a member of the Operations Manager Administrators userrole.

Click Authoring.In the navigation pane, expand Management Pack Objects, and then click Service Level Tracking.

In the Tasks pane, click Create.In the Service Level Tracking dialog box, type a name for the service level that you are defining. For example, type LOB Application 1. Optionally, you can provide adescription. Click Next. On the Objects to Track page, under Targeted class, click Select.

In the Select a Target Class dialog box, select a class for the service level, such as Distributed Application, from the list in the text box. You can search for a classby typing its name into the Look For text box. Click OK to close the Select a Target dialog box. You can use the Scope option to specify the scope for the servicelevel. The default selection is to use all objects of the targeted class.

Select the management pack that this service level will be saved in. You can use an existing management pack or create a new one.Click Next.On the Service Level Objectives page, click Add, and then click Monitor state SLO to create a new monitor.

This monitor will track the availability of the application.Define the state monitor as follows:

Page 113: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

In the Service level objective name text box, type a name for the service level objective. For this scenario, type Availability.

From the Monitor drop-down list, choose the specific monitor that you want to use to measure the objective. For this scenario, choose Availability. Using the Servicelevel objective goal (%) spin box, provide the numerical measure for your objective. For example, select 99.990 to indicate that your goal is 99.99% availability. Youcan refine what the monitor tracks to determine availability by selecting or clearing any of the following state criteria:

Unplanned maintenanceUnmonitoredMonitoring unavailableMonitor disabledPlanned maintenanceWarningClick OK.

On the Service Level Objectives page, click Add, and then click Collection rule SLO to create a new collection rule. This rule will track the performance of theapplication Define the performance collection rule as follows:In the Service level objective name: text box, type a name for the service level objective. For this scenario, type Performance.

Under Targeted class, click Select to open the Select a Target Class dialog box. Specify the target class for the rule from the list of targets in the text box. Note thatthis class must be contained in the distributed application.For this scenario, select the specific class the rule is targeted to, such as Windows Server 2008 Operating System.

Under Performance collection rule, click Select to open the Select a Rule dialog box. Specify the performance collection rule to use. For this scenario, chooseCollect Processor\ % Processor Time performance counter, and then click OK.Using one of the Aggregation method options, choose one of the following:AverageMinMaxUse the Service level objective goal drop-down list to specify either Less than or More than, and enter a value in the adjacent text box. For this scenario, chooseLess Than and 80. This indicates that the performance goal is to never exceed 80% processor time.

Click OK.On the Service Level Objectives page, click Next.On the Summary page, review the settings, and then click Finish.When the Completion page appears, click Close.

QUESTION 93Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The network contains an Operations Manager infrastructure anda Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) infrastructure.

You implement a Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 farm that is hosted on 10 virtual machines.

Page 114: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The company defines a service level agreement (SLA) for the farm's availability of at least 99.9 percent uptime.

You need to ensure that the company's compliance officer can identify whether the SLA requirement is met.

What should you do?

A. Create a group, and then add all of the farm servers to the group.Create a Service Level Tracking object.Add a service level objective (SLO), and then set the goal to 99.9 percent.

B. Create a group, and then add all of the farm servers to the group.Create a performance collection rule for each front-end Web server in the farm.Configure an alert if network availability falls below 99.9 percent.

C. Create a distributed application that contains the servers and the services used by the farm.Create a Service Level Tracking object for the distributed application.Add a service level objective (SLO), and then set the goal to 99.9 percent.

D. Create a distributed application that contains the servers and the services used by the farm.Create a performance collection rule for each front-end Web server in the farm.Configure an alert if network availability falls below 99.9 percent.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh230719http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh457612.aspx

QUESTION 94Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Service Manager infrastructure.

You need to create a service level objective (SLO) for incidents that have a priority value of 1.What should you create first?

A. A service offeringB. A service templateC. A subscriptionD. A queue

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 115: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Service Manager instance. Service Manager has the Self-Service Portal installed.

You create a service offering that contains a single request offering. The service offering provides logged-on users with the ability to add their user accountautomatically to a group named Group1.

You need to ensure that all requests for group membership changes require approval from the security department.

What should you modify?

A. The service request templateB. The request offeringC. The service offeringD. The Service Offering Category list

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://syscen.blogspot.com/2012/01/automating-new-user-creation-with-scsm.html http://syscen.blogspot.com/2012/02/automating-new-user-creation-with-scsm.html http://syscen.blogspot.com/2012/02/automating-new-user-creation-with-scsm_09.html http://syscen.blogspot.com/2012/02/automating-new-user-creation-with-scsm_15.html

1.Create Runbook Automated Activity Template2.Extend service request class3.Create Service Request template using the new Class and include the Runbook Automated ActivityTemplate.4.Create the Service Request Offering.

QUESTION 96Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The network contains a Service Manager infrastructure and an Orchestratorinfrastructure.

You plan to configure the private cloud to meet the following requirements:Integrate runbooks to Service Manager requests.

Page 116: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Automate administration tasks by using runbooks.Provide end users with the ability to perform administrative tasks.

You need to configure the private cloud to meet the requirements.

What should you do from Service Manager?

A. Register the Orchestrator Integration Packs.B. Select the sync folder for the Orchestrator connector.C. Create an Exception Management Workflow.D. Register a data source.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97You have a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

You have a line-of-business web application named App1. App1 stores its information in a dedicated Microsoft SQL Server database.

Your company defines a service level agreement (SLA) for App1 of at least 98 percent uptime.

You need to implement a solution that measures the availability of App1.

You create a distributed application for App1.

What should you create next?

A. A monitorB. A Collection rule SLOC. A ruleD. A Monitor state SLO

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 117: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/server-cloud/archive/2011/11/11/application-performance- monitoringwithoperations-manager-2012.aspx

QUESTION 98Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Service Manager infrastructure.

You need to create a service level objective (SLO) for incidents that have a priority value of 1.

What should you create first?

A. A ruleB. A service templateC. A queueD. A channel

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Queues are used in SCSM 2012 SLA Management to apply the SLA to a group of work items. http://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2012/01/25/scsm-2012-service-level- management.aspx

QUESTION 99You deploy a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure that contains Configuration Manager, Orchestrator, Operations Manager, Service Manager, and VirtualMachine Manager (VMM).

Operations Manager is configured to monitor all servers. Configuration Manger is configured to deploy Windows patches to the servers.

You deploy 10 new web servers by using a VMM service template.

You plan to deploy several hundred patches to the servers.

You need to automate the server patching process without generating alerts.

What is the best approach to achieve the goal? More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.

A. From VMM, create an update baseline and configure the scope of the update baseline.

Page 118: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. From Orchestrator, create a scheduled runbook that contains an activity to deploy the updates and to set the maintenance mode.C. From Configuration Manager, create a software update deployment. From Operations Manager, set the servers to maintenance mode.D. From Configuration Manager, create an automatic deployment rule.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The network contains seven servers. The servers are configuredas shown in the following table.

You need to recommend a solution to apply Windows updates to the virtualization hosts.

The solution must meet the following requirements:Approve Windows updates from the VMM Administrator Console. Store information about Windows update installations in Configuration Manager reports.

What should you do first?

A. From the VMM Administrator Console, add Server6 as a host server, and then install the Configuration Manager agent on Server1.B. On Server7, install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), and then install the Configuration Manager agent on Server1.C. On Server7, install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), and then install the Configuration Manager agent on all of the virtualization hosts.D. From the VMM Administrator Console, add Server6 as an update server, and then install the Configuration Manager agent on all of the virtualization hosts.

Page 119: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:The requirements need a WSUS server.Server 7 is the most appropriate server to install WSUS. A configuration manager agent is required to store information about Windows update installation intheConfiguration Manager reports.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712312.aspx Step 1: Install and Configure a Software Update Point The software update point is required on the centraladministration site and primary sites to enable softwareupdates compliance assessment and to deploy software updates to clients. The software update point isoptional on secondary sites. The software update point site system role must be created on a server that has WSUS installed. The software update point interactswith the WSUS services to configure software update settings and requestsynchronization of software updates metadata. When you have a Configuration Managerhierarchy, install and configure the software update point on thecentral administration site first, then on child primary sites, and then optionally on secondary sites.

When you have a stand-alone primary site (no central administration site), install and configure the softwareupdate point on the primary site first, and then optionallyon secondary sites. Some settings are only available when you configure the software update point on a central administration site,or stand-alone primary site, andthere are different options that you must consider depending on where thesoftware update point is installed.

QUESTION 101Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You plan to monitor a Microsoft .NET application named App1 that is hosted in the private cloud.

You need to import the management packs required to monitor the application.

Which management packs should you import?

A. the Windows Server 2008 Operating System (Monitoring) management pack and the Operations ManagerAPM Web IIS 7 management packB. the Windows Server 2008 Operating System (Discovery) management pack and the Windows Server 2008Internet Information Services Management PackC. the Windows Server Internet Information Services 7 Management Pack and the Operations Manager APMWeb IIS 7 management packD. the Windows Server Operating System management pack and the Windows Server 2008 InternetInformation Services Management Pack

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Import the IIS 7.0 management pack (Microsoft.Windows.InternetInformationServices.2008.mp) and theOperations Manager APM Web IIS 7 management pack(Microsoft.SystemCenter.Apm.Web.IIS7.mp).

Page 120: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The Microsoft.SystemCenter.Apm.Web.IIS7.mp management pack is included in the download package in theManagement Packs folder--it is not available on themanagement pack catalog. For information about importing management packs, see Import a Management Pack. Additionally, ensure that IIS 7.0 websites,applications, and services have been discovered. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh543994.aspx

QUESTION 102Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure. You have a management server named Server1 that has OperationsManager installed.

You have a management server named Server2 that has Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) installed.

You need to monitor network devices by using Operations Manager.

The solution must meet the following requirements:Only provide the health status of devices located on physical networks. Only include devices that are one hop away from a managed host. Only include devices thatare part of the private cloud.

What should you use?

A. The Fabric Health DashboardB. The Microsoft System Center Advisor (SCA)C. The Network Vicinity DashboardD. The Application Summary Dashboard

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

The network contains two servers named Server1 and Server2 that run Windows Server 2008 R2.

The private cloud contains two servers. The servers are configured as shown in the following table.

Page 121: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The network segments are separated by a firewall. All of the TCP ports from 1 to 1024 are allowed on the firewall.

You need to ensure that Server2 can send security events to Server1.

What should you do?

A. From the firewall, allow TCP 5723 from Network2 to Network1.B. Deploy an Operations Manager gateway server.C. From the firewall, allow TCP 51909 from Network2 to Network1.D. From the firewall, allow TCP 51909 from Network1 to Network2.E. Deploy an SMTP smart host.F. From the firewall, allow TCP 5723 from Network1 to Network2.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:ACS Forwarders Separated from the ACS Collector by a Firewall Because of the limited communicationbetween an ACS forwarder and an ACS collector you onlyneed to open the inbound TCP port 51909 on afirewall to enable an ACS forwarder, separated from your network by a firewall, to reach the ACS collector.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb309575.aspx

QUESTION 104Your company has a private cloud that contains two Active Directory forests named contoso.com and adatum.com. The contoso.com network and the adatum.comnetwork are separated by a firewall.

No trusts exist between the forests.

You deploy System Center 2012 Operations Manager to adatum.com.

Page 122: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You install agents on 100 servers in both forests.

You need to ensure that you can monitor all 100 servers. The solution must minimize the traffic between the two networks.

What should you install? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. A server certificate on the gateway server in contoso.comB. A gateway server in adatum.comC. A server certificate on the gateway server in adatum.comD. Client certificates on all of the servers in adatum.comE. A gateway server in contoso.comF. A server certificate on the management server in adatum.comG. Client certificates on all of the servers in contoso.com

Correct Answer: AEFSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

The Operations Manager management server role is installed on a server named Server1. You deploy a server named Server2, and then join Server2 to thedomain.

You log on to Server2 and install the Operations Manager agent. You specify Server1 as the management server.

You notice that Server1 did not discover Server2.

You need to add Server2 as an agent-managed device.

What should you do from the Operations Manager console?

A. Modify the Global Management Server Settings - Security settings.B. Create a new discovery rule.C. Import the Windows Servers Base Operating System Management Pack.

Page 123: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Run the Discovery Wizard - Computer and Device Management Wizard.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:System Center Operations Manager 2012: Discoveryhttp://onetechday.wordpress.com/2012/04/28/system-center-operations-manager-2012-discovery/ Windows Servers Base Operating System Management Pack:http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=20630 outdated MP for Windows 2000, WindowsNT, Windows Server 2003, Windows XP Most likely notthe solution, although possible.

Solution should be:We did a manual Agent installhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212853.aspx To configure manual agent installation settings for management group 1.Log on to the Operations consolewith an account that is a member of the OperationsManager Administrators role.

2.Click Administration.3.In the Administration workspace, expand Administration, and then click Settings. 4.In the Settings pane, expand Type: Server, right-click Security, and then clickProperties. 5.In the Global Management Server Settings - Security dialog box, on the General tab, do one of the following:To maintain a higher level of security, click Reject new manual agent installations, and then click OK.To configure for manual agent installation, click Review new manual agent installations in pendingmanagement view, and then click OK.Optionally, select Auto-approve new manually installed agents.

QUESTION 106Your network contains an Active Directory domain named contoso.com that connects to a Windows Azure environment.

You deploy System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager (DPM) to the domain.

You need to ensure that you can use DPM to back up to the Windows Azure environment.

Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

A. From Windows Azure, create an endpoint.B. On the DPM server, allow inbound traffic on TCP port 135.C. Install the Windows Azure Backup agent.D. Install a certificate on the DPM server and the upload the certificate to Windows Azure.E. Create a backup vault.

Correct Answer: CDE

Page 124: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dn296608.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj728748.aspx

QUESTION 107Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. You deploy Data Protection Manager (DPM) to a server namedDPM1.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A server named Server1 has the Hyper-V server role installed and hosts a virtual machine named VM1.

From DPM1, you perform a full backup of Server1.

You discover that you are unable to restore individual files from VM1.

You need to ensure that you can restore individual files from VM1 by using the DPM Administrator console.What should you do first?

A. On VM1, install Windows Server Backup.B. On DPM1, install the Hyper-V server role.C. On VM1, install the integration features.D. On DPM1, attach the VHD of VM1.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation: The integration features are also required but the "first" step according to the link below is to install the Hyper-V role on the DPM server.

Ref: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh758184.aspx

Page 125: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 108Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The company defines the Service Level Agreement (SLA) for aweb application as 99 percent uptime.

You need to create service level objectives (SLOs) that meet the SLA requirement.

Which object or objects should you create from the Service Manager Console? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.)

A. A queueB. A connectorC. A channelD. A calendarE. A metricF. A subscription

Correct Answer: ADESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:In SCSM 2012 the Service Level Management offers a great opportunity to implement SLAs for different ITmanagement processes.

With the four components of SLA management you can build your own complex SLAs:Queues ->Which work items are covered in the SLA Calendar -> The service hours of an SLA Metrics ->Whatis measured in the SLAService Level Objective -> Target of the SLAhttp://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2012/01/25/scsm-2012-service-level- management.aspx

QUESTION 109Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The network contains an Operations Manager infrastructure and a Service Manager infrastructure.

You need to configure Service Manager to create incidents automatically based on Operations Manager alerts.

Which object should you create from the Service Manager Console?

A. A subscriptionB. A queue

Page 126: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

C. An incident event workflowD. A connector

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You have a web application named App1 that is hosted in another datacenter. The datacenter is not part of the private cloud.You need to ensure that Service Manager incidents are generated automatically when App1 is unavailable.

What should you create?

A. A channelB. A Service Level Tracking objectC. A synthetic transactionD. An event subscription

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:To monitor the application that runs on these traditional platforms we leverage custom MP's, synthetictransactions to be able to test websites, and HTTP probes totest web services ensuring that the outside-infunctionality of the application is available. http://blogs.technet.com/b/server- cloud/archive/2012/03/29/using-system-center-2012-to- monitortheinfrastructure-amp- application-layers-for-private-public-and-traditional- environments.aspx

QUESTION 111Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure.

You have a server named Server1 that runs Windows Server 2012 R2. Server1 hosts a Java-based application.

You need to ensure that you can monitor exceptions generated by the application.

Page 127: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

A. Deploy the Java Application Performance Monitoring agent to Server1.B. Import the Management Pack for Java Application Performance Monitoring (APM).C. Deploy JavaBeans to Server1.D. Import the Management Pack for Java Enterprise Edition (JEE).E. Deploy JavaBeans to the Operations Manager server.

Correct Answer: ABDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112Your network contains an Active Directory domain named contoso.com. The domain contains a domain controller named DC1 and a member server namedServer1.

You have a server named Server2 that is a member of a workgroup. All servers run Windows Server 2012 R2.

Server1 has System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager installed. DC1 is configured as an enterprise certification authority (CA). Server1 and DC1 are located onthe internal network.Server2 is located on a perimeter network.

You need to monitor Server2 by using Operations Manager.

Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

A. Request and install a certificate on Server2, and then import the certificate to Server1.B. Run the Discovery Wizard on Server1.C. Open port UDP 161 and UDP 162 on the firewall between the internal network and the perimeter network.D. Open port TCP 5723 on the firewall between the internal network and the perimeter network.E. Manually install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on Server2.F. Request and install a certificate on Server1, and then import the certificate to Server2.

Correct Answer: ADESection: (none)Explanation

Page 128: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113Your network contains an Active Directory domain named contoso.com. The domain contains a domain controller named DC1 and a server named Server1.

You install the management server role on Server1.

You install the Operations Manager agent on DC1.

You run the Operations Manager console and discover the active alerts shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

Page 129: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to resolve the active alerts.

What should you do?

A. On DC1, install MOMADAdmin.exe.B. On Server1, install OomADs.msi.C. On Server1, install MOMADAdmin.exe.D. On DC1, install OomADs.msi.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 130: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh230736.aspx

You can use MOMAgent.msi to deploy System Center 2012 Operations Manager agents from the commandline. Deploying agents from the command line is alsoreferred to as a manual installWhen installing the AD Management pack, please remember to open up the properties for the Agent which theDC is installed andcheck "Allow this agent to act as a proxy and discover managed objects on othercomputers." ALSO, please install the "OOMADs.msi" locally on the DC. What isthis? This is the ActiveDirectory Management Helper Object. It's not well mentioned in documentation I have read up on.

Apparently the "AD Database and Log: The script ,,AD Database and Log failed to create object ,,McActiveDir.ActiveDirectory.The error returned was: ,,ActiveX component cant create object (0x1AD)"error is a result of not having this component installed "The file which is installedautomatically on a push installvia a Management Server can be copied and manually installed from the OpsMgr software ... there is aHelpObjects folder whereooMADS.msi can be run from."

QUESTION 114Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The network contains a Service Manager infrastructure and a Configuration Manager infrastructure.

You create a configuration baseline for desired configuration management. You need to ensure that an incident is created automatically in Service Manager when adevice is non-compliant

You install the Configuration Manager connector for Service Manager.

What should you do next?

A. Create an incident template.B. Import the Configuration Manager Management Packs.C. Create a Desired Configuration Management Event Workflow Configuration.D. Create a service level objective (SLO) for the desired configuration management incident.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:A connector is required to bring data from Configuration Manager into Service Manager. From there, you create a Desired Configuration management EventWorkflow. Using Connectors to Import Data into System Center 2012 - Service Manager http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524326.aspx How to

Page 131: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Configure Desired ConfigurationManagement to Generate Incidents http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh495577.aspx Gol: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff460938 In SystemCenter Service Manager 2010 Service Pack 1 (SP1),you can import configuration baselines from System Center Configuration Manager 2007 by usingaConfiguration Manager connector.Then, you can configure Service Manager to create incidents for each Service Managerconfiguration item thatis reported as noncompliant against the definedvalues. You can use the following procedures to configure incident management to automatically generate desiredconfiguration management-based incidents. Toconfigure incident management to automatically generate desired configuration management basedincidents1.In the Service Manager console, click Administration. 2.In the Administration pane, expand Workflows, and then click Configuration. 3.In the Configuration pane,double-click Desired Configuration Management Event Workflow Configuration.4.In the Configure Desired Configuration Management Workflows dialog box, click Add. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff460938.aspx

QUESTION 115Your company has a private cloud that contains a Microsoft ASP.NET application.

The application is hosted by Internet Information Services (IIS) on a server named Server1.

The application is accessed by using multiple URLs.

You configure a watcher node on a server named Server2.

You need to ensure that an alert is generated each time the watcher node receives an HTTP error of 400 ormore.

The solution must ensure that the cause of the alert is captured.

Which type of monitor should you create from the Operations Manager console?

A. Windows ServiceB. ProcessC. Web Application Transaction MonitoringD. TCP Port

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.

Page 132: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The network contains three devices.

The devices are configured as shown in the following table.

You need to ensure that Operations Manager can discover all of the devices.

What should you do?

A. From the Operations Manager console, create one group and set the group to Dynamic Members.B. From the Operations Manager console, create two Run As Accounts.C. From the Operations Manager Shell, run the Set-SCOMUserRolecmdlet.D. From the Operations Manager Shell, run the Enable-SCOMDiscoverycmdlet.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Each SNMPv3 device would need its own run as account. As there are no SNMPv3 devices in the list only v1/v2 we need just one run as account per differentcommunitystring.As there are two diffrent community strings used for the 3 devices we need two run as accounts. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212920.aspx

QUESTION 117Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.

The private cloud has a connection to a partner company.

The connection uses a router named Router1.

Router1 is owned by the partner company.

The partner company's security policy states that only partner company network administrators can access theconfiguration information of the partner company'snetwork devices.

You need to monitor the availability of Router1.

The solution must meet the security policy requirement.

Which access mode should you configure to discover Router1?

Page 133: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. ICMPB. SNMPv3C. SNMPv1 and SNMPv2D. ICMP, SNMPv1, and SNMPv2E. ICMP and SNMPv3

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:It says we must not access the configuration information of the partner company's network devices. So SNMPis not a choice, because it will give us just that. Tomonitor the availability, in other words the online/offline status of the device, we may use ICMP.Of course the device must answer to our ICMP requests like "ping", but that is not part of the question.

QUESTION 118Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Service Manager infrastructure.

You create an incident template as shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

You need to add SMS as an available source in the incident template.

What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate configuration in the answer area.

Page 134: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 135: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 136: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 137: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation:http://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/systemcenter/en-US/81468b35-72dd-47e3-800f- 3e16bf2c9aef/service-manager-2012-incident-source-editing?forum=systemcenterservicemanager

"This is found in the Library workspace, go to Lists, use the filter to find Incident Sources, click Add Item, scrolldown and edit the new item name. That source willnow be available to all IRs"

QUESTION 119Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You plan to deploy a single-tier service to the private cloud.

The service is configured to use Network Load Balancing (NLB). You need to create a Hardware Profile for the virtual machines that will be added to the servicetemplate.

The solution must ensure that the virtual machines will use Windows Network Load Balancing.

Which settings should you configure in the Hardware Profile? To answer, configure the four appropriatesettings in the dialog box in the answer area.

Page 138: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.

Page 139: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 140: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Connected to Logical NetworkStatic IP (from a static IP Pool)Static Mac Address

Page 141: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Check "Enable spoofing of MAC addresses"http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh335098.aspx The only potential issue is that when using System Center 2012 without SP1 checking the "Enablespoofing ofMAC Addresses" doesn't actually enable it. It has a bug: Instead it must be done from the command line butthe question doesn't mention what SP yourSystem Centre is at.

QUESTION 120Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager(VMM) infrastructure.

The company has multiple departments.

You need to deploy a two- tier web application to the departments.

Which two library objects should you create? To answer, select the appropriate library objects in the answerarea.

Page 142: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 143: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 144: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 145: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 121Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The network contains a Service Manager infrastructure.

The company implements a service level agreement (SLA) for the private cloud.

You need to recommend an escalation notification solution for when an SLA warning threshold is exceeded.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. A subscriptionB. A Desired Configuration Management Event Workflow ConfigurationC. An incident event workflowD. A monitorE. A rule

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:You can use the following procedure to create a workflow rule that will change the support tier to Tier 2whenever the Urgency property of an incident that is relatedto printing problems is changed to High.

This procedure assumes that you already created an incident template to change the support tier to Tier 2, andit assumes that you already created the prioritycalculation table.

For more information, see How to Set Incident Priority and "To create a new printer-related incident template"in How to Create Incident Templates. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff461123.aspx

QUESTION 122Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

A server named Server1 hosts the System Center 2012 Service Manager management server.

A server named Server2 hosts the System Center 2012 Orchestrator management server.

You plan to use a runbook named Runbook1 to update the status of Service Manager incidents.

Page 146: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to ensure that you can create Runbook1, and then reference the runbook in Service Manager.

What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution.Choose all that apply.)

A. From the Service Manager Console, add an incident event workflow.B. From the Service Manager Shell, run the Update-SCSMWorkflowcmdlet.C. From the Service Manager Console, create an Orchestrator connector.D. From the Orchestrator Deployment Manager, register the Integration Pack for System Center ServiceManager.E. From the Service Manager Console, update the Problem Status list.F. From the System Center 2012 Orchestrator Runbook designer, create a connection.

Correct Answer: BCDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Just a draft:Install the integration pack for SCSM on Orchstrator and configure the connection settings (SCSM servername, User, Password)Create a new runbook First activity-> "Monitor Object" of SCSM integration pack -> Incident Class -> On Update -> Filter "SupportGroup" not equal "Tier 1"Add 6 "Send Email" activities -> 6 different recipients -> add the text in each mail body Link all 6 "Send Email"activities with the first "Monitor Object" activity Oneach link delete the default rule "On success"Add a new criteria -> Choose the "Support Group" from the data bus ->criteria of the first link "Support Group"equals"Tier 2"Do the same with the other Links and Support Groups.Check in and start the runbookReference:http://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en/administration/thread/ea41a3a4-0b40-47ee-9ecc- a2ecab8794bf

QUESTION 123Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Orchestrator infrastructure.

You are creating a runbook named runbook1.

You need to ensure that the workflow starts when a file is added to a folder.

From which category should you add an activity? To answer, select the appropriate category in the answerarea.

Page 147: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.

Page 148: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh440534.aspx In the Activities pane, click File Management to expand the category, and then drag the Monitor Folderactivityinto the Runbook Designer Design workspace.

QUESTION 124Your company uses System Center 2012 Service Manager to manage and track problems.

You need to ensure that a user named Admin1 is notified automatically when an incident is updated.

What should you configure?To answer, select the appropriate category in the answer area.

Page 149: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 150: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 151: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 152: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation:Service Manager uses notification subscriptions to automatically send notifications to selected recipients whena selected condition occurs.Source: System Center 2012 Service Manager Console

QUESTION 125Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.

You plan to create a distributed application named DistributedApp1.

You need to ensure that a folder for DistributedApp1 is available from the Monitoring workspace in theOperations Manager console.

What should you do?

A. Add the OperationsManagerAppMonitoring object to DistributedApp1.B. Save DistributedApp1 as a new management pack.C. Add the OperationsManagerMonitoringView object to DistributedApp1.D. Save DistributedApp1 in the Default Management Pack.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:The Default Management Pack file contains common elements such as views at the top level of the Monitoringworkspace.This is an unsealed management pack file so that you can create views and folders at this level.It should not be used for any other purpose.For creating elements such as monitors and rules, create a new management pack file.Selecting a Management Pack Filehttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh457560.aspx The Default management pack that ships withOpsMgr 2007 is used to store very specific information for the management group. It is a widely known best practice to NOT write any custom rules, monitors,groups, views, or overrides to thisMP.Even customers who know this - and try to enforce this across their organizations.... will still inadvertently get junk in their default MP....they will save things here byaccident, or by granting access to advanced operators who aren't educated onthis topic. The main problem with doing so....is that we will build a dependency for thisMP on any MP it references....and therefore we wont ever be able todelete those management packs, until we clean this Default MP up, and start enforcing bestpractices. http://blogs.technet.com/b/kevinholman/archive/2008/11/11/cleaning-up-the-default-mp.aspx

QUESTION 126Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

Page 153: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The network contains an Operations Manager infrastructure and a Virtual Machine Manager (VMM)infrastructure.

The private cloud contains a clustered VMM solution that has two virtualization hosts.

The VMM solution hosts seven virtual machines.

The virtual machines are configured as shown in the following table.

You configure Dynamic Optimization to use the following settings:A CPU Dynamic Optimization threshold of 30 percentA CPU host reserve threshold of 15 percentLow aggressiveness

You monitor the VMM solution and discover that the virtual machines rarely migrate from Server1 to Server2when CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold.

Page 154: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to increase the likelihood of the virtual machines migrating from Server1 to Server2 when CPUutilization exceeds the configured threshold.

What should you do?

A. set the Aggressiveness to High.B. Enable Power Optimization.C. Configure a host profile.D. Modify the CPU host reserve threshold.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/scvmm/archive/2011/05/04/dynamic-optimization-and- poweroptimization-in-scvmm-2012.aspxGood post here:What have you configured regarding the dynamic optimization? How aggressive is the treshold for optimizingyour cluster? First of all, you must check the option"Automatically migrate virtual machines to balance load".

Second, specify how aggressive the optimization should be. The more agressive, the more likely to live migrate VMs even for small gain. Last, you can alsoconfigure the resource treshold for when optimization should kick in.Default it`s set to 30% CPU and 512 MB RAM.To test and verify, right click on your cluster, and click "optimize hosts". VMM will check if it`s anything to gain, on demand, and eventually live migrate VMs tobalance the load.http://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/virtualmachingmgrhyperv/thread/45dfd50da2a4-4a7a-9c88-53fd7cedda77

QUESTION 127Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.

The network contains two network segments that are separated by a firewall.

You have a management server named Server1.

You create a discovery rule and configure the rule to discover SNMP devices.

You discover that only the devices on the network segment that contains Server1 are discovered.

You need to ensure that the devices supporting SNMP on both network segments are discovered.

Page 155: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which firewall port or ports should you allow on the firewall?

A. UDP 161B. TCP 161 and UDP 22C. UDP 5723 and UDP 5724D. TCP 162

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:SNMP uses the default UDP port 161 for general SNMP messages and UDP port 162 for SNMP trapmessages.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc959643.aspx

QUESTION 128Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You deploy an application visualization solution.You deploy a server named Server1, and then you install the Remote Desktop Services server role.

Server1 is monitored by using Operations Manager.

You deploy a virtualized application named App1 to Server1.

You need to set the state of Server1 to critical if CPU utilization by App1 exceeds 80 percent for five minutes.

What should you create?

A. a ruleB. a monitorC. a service level objective (SLO)D. an event subscriptionE. a synthetic transaction

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 156: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Service level ObjectivesService level objectives are measurements to ensure that you are meeting defined service level commitments.In Operations Manager, you define a service level objective the set of monitors that you need to track (suchas performance or availability) and then run reportsagainst that service level objective to ensure that you aremeeting your goals.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212753.aspx SLOs are agreed as a means of measuring the performance of the Service Provider. SLOs arespecificmeasurable characteristics of the SLA such as availability, throughput, frequency, response time, or quality.

This concept is part of SLM in SCSM 2012.http://blogs.technet.com/b/privatecloud/archive/2013/03/26/service-manager-2012-and-service- levelmanagement-part-1.aspx

QUESTION STATES:"You need to set the state of Server1 to critical if CPU utilization by App1 exceeds 80 percent for five minutes."SLOs don't change the state of an object, monitors do:Create a monitor if...You want to affect the health of an object. In addition to generating an alert, a monitor will affect the healthstate of its target object. This is displayed in state viewsand availability reports. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh457603.aspx

QUESTION 129Your company help desk uses System Center 2012 Service Manager to manage and track problems.

You need to ensure that the manager of the help desk is notified automatically when a high- priority incident isupdated.

What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate configuration in the answer area.

Page 157: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 158: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 159: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 160: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation:Service Manager uses notification subscriptions to automatically send notifications to selected recipients whena selected condition occurs.Source: System Center 2012 Service Manager ConsoleMy opinion it would be the Subscriptions menu as it gives access to the 'Notification Subscription' wizard.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff460891.aspx

Before notifications are sent, first configure each notification channel, such as the settings for Simple MailTransfer Protocol (SMTP). Notification messages are sentbased on a notification template. Therefore, you willneed to create a notification template. You can then use the Notification Subscription wizard to subscribe agroupof users to a notification that will be sent whenever the changes that you specify occur. Finally, you canverify that a notification is sent by manually generating thechange.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524284.aspx- To create an email notification template and subscription - Step 4:4.In the Administration pane, click Notifications, and then click Subscriptions. In the Tasks pane, click CreateSubscription, and then complete the Create E-Mail Notification Subscription Wizard.

QUESTION 130Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The network contains 50 virtual machines that run Windows 7.

Each virtual machine has an application named Appl.exe installed.

A new version of Appl.exe is released.

You need to identify which virtual machines have the outdated version of App1.exe installed.

What should you do?

A. From Operations Manager, create a monitor.B. From Configuration Manager, deploy a Desired Configuration Management baseline.C. From Service Manager, create a Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) connector.D. From Virtual Machine Manager (VMM), deploy a service template.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 161: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation:Desired configuration management in Configuration Manager 2007 allows you to assess the compliance ofcomputers with regard to a number of configurations,such as whether the correct Microsoft Windows operatingsystem versions are installed and configured appropriately, whether all required applications are installedandconfigured correctly, whether optional applications are configured appropriately, and whether prohibitedapplications are installed. Additionally, you can check forcompliance with software updates and security settings. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb680553.aspx

QUESTION 131Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The infrastructure contains multiple servers that have Data Protection Manager (DPM) installed.

A DPM server named Server1 is running out of hard disk space.

You add additional physical hard disks to Server1.

You verify that the additional disks are available from the local Disk Management console. You need to ensure that the additional disk space can be used to storeDPM backups.

What should you do?

A. From the DPM Administrator console, click Refresh.B. From the DPM Administrator console, click Disk Allocation.C. From the DPM Administrator console, click Add.D. From the DPM Administrator console, click Rescan.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:To add disks to the storage pool.In DPM Administrator Console, on the navigation bar, click Management, and then click the Disks tab.In the Actions pane, click Add.The Add Disks to Storage Pool dialog box appears.The Available disks section lists the disks that you can add to the storage pool. Select one or more disks, click Add, and then click OK.Adding Disks to the Storage Poolhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb808852.aspx

QUESTION 132Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

Page 162: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

An administrator installs a new tape drive on a server that has Data Protection Manager (DPM) installed.

You discover that the tape drive is unavailable from the DPM Administrator console.

You verify that the tape drive is installed correctly on the DPM server.

You need to ensure that the tape drive is available from the DPM Administrator console.

What should you do from the DPM Administrator console?

A. From the Agents view, click Install.B. From the Disks tab, click Add.C. From the Protection view, click Tape.D. From the Libraries view, click Rescan.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:To configure tape librariesIn DPM Administrator Console, on the navigation bar click Management, and then click the Libraries tab.In the Actions pane, click Rescan.The Rescan operation might take several minutes to complete. DPM will add any library jobs to the queue that began during the Rescan operation. If a library job isalready in progress when the Rescan operation begins, the Rescan operation will fail.Configuring Tape Librarieshttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff399665.aspx

QUESTION 133Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You install the servers shown in the following table.

The company's compliance department identifies the following tasks that must be performed:Back up individual files from VM1.Back up the configuration settings of VM1.Restore the configuration settings of VM1.Restore individual files from VM1 to an alternate location.

Page 163: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The compliance department administrators recommend installing the DPM agent on Server1, and thenperforming a full backup.

You need to identify which task is NOT met by the recommended solution.

Which task should you identify?

A. Restore individual files from VM1 to an alternate location.B. Restore the configuration settings of VM1.C. Back up the configuration settings of VM1.D. Back up individual files from VM1.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:In the event of disaster recovery, System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 allows you to recovervirtual machines as files to a network folder. You canthen copy those files to an alternate Hyper-V host server. However, to start a virtual machine on an alternate Hyper-V host server, you have to manually createandconfigure the virtual machine using the recovered files. DPM 2010 supports alternate location recovery (ALR), which allows you to recover a Hyper-V virtualmachineto an alternate stand-alone Hyper-V host or to a cluster. The recovered virtual machine is already registered and configured on an alternate Hyper-V hostserver.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff634209.aspx In a virtualized environment the issue is whether tobackup from inside the guest or from the host. The latterprovides "bare metal restore" of an entire VM where something's gone catastrophically wrong with aVM (or the host) but in general it doesn't provide granularrestore of files / folders. DPM 2010 added Item Level Restore (ILR), allowing you to restore individual files or folders within a VM eventhough it had only beenbacked up from the host. But this capability was only available when DPM 2010 ran on physical hardware, if the DPM server itself was ina VM this capability was notavailable. DPM 2012 fixes this glitch and can now do ILR even when the DPM server is a VM. http://4sysops.com/archives/dpm-2012-part-3-other-improvements/

QUESTION 134Your company has a datacenter in Los Angeles.

The datacenter contains a private cloud that is managed by a System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager(VMM) infrastructure.

The infrastructure contains two management servers and 10 Hyper-V hosts.

You configure VMM to use an update server and to synchronize the updates by using a windows Server

Update Services (WSUS) server named WSUS1.

You attempt to verify compliance with the Sample Baseline for Security Updates.

Page 164: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You view the console as shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

Page 165: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 166: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to ensure that you can verify compliance for all of the Hyper-V hosts.

What should you modify?

A. the update classifications of the update serverB. the Assignment Scope of the baselineC. the default configuration providerD. the Network settings of the All Hosts host group

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:In the VMM console, open the Fabric workspace.On the Home tab, in the Add group, click Add Resources, and then click Update Server. The Add Windows Server Update Services Server dialog box opens.

In Computer name, enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the WSUS server (for example,VMMServer01.contoso.com).Specify which TCP/IP port that the WSUS website listens on for connections (for example, port 8530).

Enter credentials for connecting to the WSUS server. The account must have administrator rights on the WSUS server. If necessary, select the Use Secure SocketLayer (SSL) to communicate with the WSUS server and client'scheck box.Click Add.The WSUS server will be added to VMM, followed by initial synchronization of the updates catalog.

Depending on how many update classifications and products you chose when you installed the WSUS server,this operation can take a long time, depending onsuch factors as network traffic and the load on the WSUSserver.To find out the status of the operation, monitor the status of the Add Update Server and Synchronize UpdateServer jobs in the Jobs window or in the Jobsworkspace.

NoteAfter you enable update management in VMM, you should manage the WSUS server only through VMM,unless you are using a WSUS server in a ConfigurationManager environment. To verify that the WSUS server was added to VMM successfully:In the Fabric workspace, on the Fabric pane, expand Servers, and click Update Server.The results pane should display the WSUS server.

In the Library workspace, on the Library pane, expand Update Catalog and Baselines, and then click UpdateCatalog.

The results pane should display the updates that were downloaded during WSUS synchronization.

Page 167: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 135You deploy System Center 2012 Operations Manager.

You create two unsealed management packs named MP1 and MP2.

You create an override for MP1.

You create a group in MP2.You need to apply the override for MP1 to the group in MP2.

What should you do before you apply the override?

A. Create a new class in MP2.B. Seal MP1.C. Seal MP2.D. Create a new class in MP1.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:When you create a group, you save it to an unsealed management pack. However, an element in an unsealed management pack, such as a group, cannotreference an element in adifferent unsealed management pack, such as an override or a view. If you are going to use a group to target an override or scope a view,you must either save the group to thesame unsealed management pack as the override or view, or you must seal the management pack thatcontains the group.If you save the group to the same unsealed management pack as the override or view, you can only use thatgroup for overrides and views that are also contained inthat unsealed management pack.If you seal the management pack that contains the group, you can reference that group from other unsealedmanagement packs.However, you cannot easily change any group settings in the sealed management pack or add new groups tothe sealed management pack.http://www.code4ward.net/main/Blog/tabid/70/EntryId/130/Implications-when-using-groups- from- a-sealed-MPfor-overrides.aspx

QUESTION 136Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

You have a line-of-business web application named App1.

App1 stores its information in a dedicated Microsoft SQL Server 2008 database.

You need to create a central diagram that contains the complete health information of App1.

Page 168: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You import the SQL, IIS, and Windows Server management packs.

What should you create next?

A. a dashboard viewB. a distributed application modelC. a Service Level DashboardD. a diagram view

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:You need to create a distributed application first to be able to create the service level dashboard. First a DA, followed by a service level objective, and finally aService Level Dashboard. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212692.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh230719.aspx

QUESTION 137Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 Service Manager infrastructure.

The help desk uses Service Manager to manage and track incidents.

Service desk analysts report that they receive many Windows 7-related incidents.

You need to create a classification for the Windows 7-related incidents.

What should you configure to create the classification? To answer, select the appropriate configuration in theanswer area.

Page 169: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 170: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A.B.C.D.

Correct Answer: Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 171: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 172: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 138Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

You discover that several users create incidents for the same issue by using the Self-Service Portal.

Over 100 incidents are created.

You need to ensure that all of the incidents can be resolved as quickly as possible.

What should you do?

A. create a service level objective (SLO).B. Create a queue.C. Select the Link to New Parent Incident task.D. Select the Escalate or Transfer the Incidents task.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://wwwco1vip.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?FamilyID=01f0792d-f246-4549- a200-53001865495bHow to Create a Parent Incident from an Incident Form In SystemCenter2012-ServiceManager, one way a help desk analyst can create a parent incident is whenanexisting incident is already opened.

You can create a parent incident using the following steps.

A parent incident serves as a container for several incidents. The following procedure is performed on an incident that is neither a parent incident nor a childincident.

Afterward, a new parent incident is created and the existing incident is converted to a child incident.To create a parent incident from an incident form

1.In the Service Manager console, open the Work Items workspace, and in the Work Items pane, expandIncidents.

2.Select any Incident Management view that contains active incidents, and then select an incident.

Page 173: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

3.In the Tasks pane, click Edit to open the incident.

4.In the Tasks pane, click Link to New Parent Incident to open the Link to New Parent Incident dialog box.

5.In the Link to New Parent Incident dialog box, select a template to create the new parent incident with, andthen click OK.For example, select Networking Issue Incident Template, and then click OK.6.In the Title box, type a new description or modify the description that is inserted by the template.For example, type Network Outage in Bldg 773.

7.In the Affected user box, select the user who reported this incident.For example, select Joe Andreshak.

8.In the Alternate Contact Method box, enter additional contact information for the affected user (optional).

9.The Child Incidents tab appears in the form where you view the child incident that the new parent incident isgrouped with and where you can add other childincidents.

10.In the parent incident form, click OK to close it.

11.In the original incident form, click OK to close it.

QUESTION 139Your company has a datacenter in Los Angeles.

The datacenter contains a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The infrastructure has the System Center 2012 Service Manager Self-Service Portal installed.You create a new service offering.

You need to ensure that only three users named Admin1, Admin2, and Admin3 can access the serviceoffering.

What should you do?

Page 174: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Add the service offering and the request offering to a Service Manager group, and then create a Run AsAccount.B. Add the Admin1, Admin2, and Admin3 configuration items to a Service Manager group, and then create aRun As Account.C. Add the service offering and the request offering to a Service Manager group, and then create a User Role.D. Add the Admin1, Admin2, and Admin3 configuration items to a Service Manager group, and then create aUser Role.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:With Role based security scoping in SCSM there is the possibility to configure a controlled environment fordifferent service roles.A SCSM role profile is a configuration set to define access to objects, views in the console, operations they canperform and members of the role (AD User/Group).SCSM components of a User role are:The security scope: Is the security boundary in SCSM. Boundaries can be set on Group/queue, Class, Property & relationships. UI filter scope: This filter is fordefining what an operator can see in the SCSM console. Limiting the options visible in the console improves the usability. UI filters can be set on console tasks,templates and views. User role profile: SCSM includes some predefined user profiles who include a set of allowed operations with aclass/property/relationshipscope over objects. User Assignment: The members of the user role in SCSM.This can be set for users or groups.(Always recommended to use groups)http://scug.be/scsm/2010/03/21/service-manager-role-based-security-scoping

QUESTION 140Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

The network contains a Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) infrastructure and an Operations Managerinfrastructure.

You create and deploy a three-tier service to VMM.

You plan to view service diagrams in Operations Manager.

You need to identify which management packs must be imported to Operations Manager for the planneddiagrams.The solution must minimize the number of imported management packs.

Which management packs should you identify? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose allthat apply.)

A. the Windows Server Operating System management pack

Page 175: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. the Internet Information Services 7 Monitoring management packC. the File Services management packD. the Microsoft SQL Server Monitoring Management PackE. the Monitoring Pack for Active Directory (AD)F. the Windows Server DNS 2003/2008/2008 R2 Monitoring Management Pack

Correct Answer: ABDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Explanation:Information on three-tier service in VMM:http://blogs.technet.com/b/m2/archive/2011/03/29/how-to-deploy-thepet-shop-application-as-a- service-invmm.aspxThree tiers are Web tier, Middle tier, and SQL tier. A) The Windows Server Operating System management pack provides the fundamental monitoring basicsforcomputers running the Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003, 2003 R2, 2008 and 2008 R2Operating SystemB) The Internet Information Services Management Pack provides proactive and reactive monitoring of yourInternet Information Services (IIS) environment. C) TheFile Services management pack retrieves events and other health information generated by theservices that make up the File Services role.D) The Monitoring pack for SQL Server provides the capabilities for Operations Manager 2007 R2 andOperations Manager 2012 to discover SQL Server 2005,2008, 2008 R2, and SQL Server 2012.It monitors SQL Server components such as database engine instances, databases, and SQL Server agents.E) The Monitoring Pack for Active Directory (AD) provides both proactive and reactive monitoring of your ActiveDirectory deployment.F) This management Pack monitors DNS infrastructure health, availability and performance on MicrosoftWindows server 2003/2008/2008 R2.

QUESTION 141Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.The network contains an Active Directory forest named adatum.com.

Operations Manager monitors a server named Operations1.

Operations1 has a computer account in an organizational unit (OU) name ServerOU1.

Page 176: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You create a group named GP1 as shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

You create a rule named OMRule1 that generates an alert when an error is added to the Application log.

You target OMRule1 to GP1.

You discover that alerts fail to be generated when errors are added to the Application log on Operations1.

You need to ensure that an alert is generated when an error is added to the Application log on Operations1.

What should you modify?

A. the target of OMRulel1B. the dynamic membership of GP1C. the category of OMRule1D. the explicit membership of GP1

Page 177: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:How does a rule get to an agent?For any particular rule/monitor, OpsMgr will enumerate all instances of the target class and apply the rule toeach.

If there are no instances of the target class on a particular agent, then the rule will do nothing.It's that simple.

If I can't target groups, why are they listed when I select a target for a rule? Groups are classes just like anyother.

They're singleton classes where the class and the instance are one and the same, but they are classesnonetheless which is why they show up in the list with allother classes.

There are really very few circumstances where you will target a rule at a group though.What if I do target a group?

You can apply a rule/monitor directly to a group, but it will execute against the group object itself.

OpsMgr will not enumerate members of the group and apply the rule to each. Any rules targeted at groups will actually operate on the Root Management Serversince groups have no hostand unhosted objects are managed by the RMS.How do I target some group of objects then?

To the specific question of how to get a particular rule/monitor to a subset of components, you have two basicoptions.Let's say for example, you have a particular subset of web sites that you need a particular rule to apply.

You could target that rule at the IIS 2003 Web Site class for example, but that would apply the rule to allinstances of that class.It would probably apply to sites that you didn't want. Option 1 would be to create a new class and target the rule at the class. In the case of an IIS site, this wouldmean that you would need to go to the Authoring Console or raw XML andcreate a new class and discovery.That's a more advanced solution that most customers will do and probably overkill anyway. Option 2 is the create a rule target at the whole class and disable it.Create a group with the sites you want and create an override for that group to enable your rule. This might sound like a workaround, but it's a completely validsolution.How do I know if I'm selecting the right target?The easiest method to validate you are using a target that actually has instances is to use the DiscoveredInventory view in the Operations Console prior to creating your rule/monitor. In the Actions pane is an option called "Change target type..." that will bring up thesame Select a Target Typedialog box that you see when you select the target for a rule/monitor. This view will list all instances of the target class you select. Youcan validate which agents have an instance of that class and how many instances each has. If there are no instances listed, then the rule isn't going to do anything.If there are instances, then you not only be confident that the rule/monitor will execute on the agent, but youcan also view the properties of the instance that will be

Page 178: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

accessible to any rules/monitors targeted at it.

http://blogs.technet.com/b/brianwren/archive/2007/08/22/targeting-rules-and-monitors.aspx NOTE: The textbelow was copied from a duplicate question https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/7205.operations-manager- dynamicgroup-examples.aspx

Operations Manager Dynamic Group ExamplesIn Operations Manager, groups are logical collections of objects, such as Windows-based computers, harddisks, or instances of Microsoft SQL Server. Groups arepopulated by explicitly adding objects to the group or dynamically according to criteria you set.For more information on the use of groups, see Creating and Managing Groups in the Operations Guide.This article provides example of group definitions.The examples describe the items to select in the Query Builder and the resulting formula:

Page 179: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 180: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 142The network contains two servers named Server1 and Server2 that run Windows Server 2008 R2.

The private cloud contains two servers.

The servers are configured as shown in the following table.

The network segments are separated by a firewall.

All of the TCP ports from 1 to 1024 are allowed on the firewall. You need to ensure that Server1 can send security events to Server2.

What should you do?

A. From the firewall, allow TCP 51909 from Network1 to Network2.B. From the firewall, allow TCP 5723 from Network1 to Network2.C. Deploy an Operations Manager gateway server.D. Deploy an SMTP smart host.

Correct Answer: A

Page 181: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:ACS Forwarders Separated from the ACS Collector by a Firewall Because of the limited communicationbetween an ACS forwarder and an ACS collector you onlyneed to open the inbound TCP port 51909 on afirewall to enable an ACS forwarder, separated from your network by a firewall, to reach the ACS collector.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb309575.aspx

QUESTION 143Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Managerinfrastructure.

The network contains an SMTP host named mail.contoso.com.

You need to configure Operations Manager to use mail.contoso.com to send email notifications.

What should you do?

A. Create a channel.B. Configure the agent proxy setting.C. Create a rule.D. Create an internal connector subscription.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:How to Enable an Email Notification ChannelTo configure alert notifications for System Center 2012 ?Operations Manager, your first task is to enable anotification channel.This topic describes how to configure a channel that will send alert notifications to subscribers by using email.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212914.aspx

QUESTION 144Your role of Systems Administrator at ABC.com includes the management of the company's private cloud.

The private cloud is hosted on an internal System Center 2012 infrastructure.

System Center 2012 Operations Manager (SCOM) is used to monitor all network devices.

Page 182: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

The network has a leased line connection to your ISP.

A router managed by the ISP connects the leased line to the LAN. The router is configured to allow only the ISP to access the configuration of the router to complywith thesecurity policy of the ISP.

You want to use System Center 2012 - Operations Manager (SCOM) to monitor the router and alert you if therouter goes offline.

You need to configure SCOM to discover the router while adhering to the ISP security policy.

Which access mode should you use?

A. SNMPv2 only.B. ICMP only.C. ICMP and SNMPv2.D. SNMPv2 and SNMPv3.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:This is a tricky question, but the answer is B, ICMP (ping) only. The question says "Operations Manager (SCOM) is used to monitor all network devices."... Thismade methink that the answer had to be both ICMP & SNMPv2 (C), but that is wrong! It is wrong because if we specifythat a device uses both ICMP and SNMP,Operations Manager must be able to contact the device by usingboth methods or discovery will fail. So it has to be B. Also worth noting that in Operations Manager,only ONE network discovery rule can be running perManagement/Gateway server. Each server can only run one network discovery. Here's a good post regardingnetwork discovery in SCOM. http://blogs.technet.com/b/ptsblog/archive/2011/11/28/network-monitoring-with-system-center- operationsmanager-2012.aspx

QUESTION 145Your role of Systems Administrator at ABC.com includes the management of the company's private cloud.

The private cloud is hosted on an internal System Center 2012 infrastructure.

Operations Manager (SCOM) is used to monitor the servers in the private System Center 2012 cloud.

An SCOM monitor targets all the servers in the private cloud.

You want to create an override for the monitor to target only the servers that have a specific applicationinstalled.

A registry value is used to identify the servers with the application installed.

Page 183: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Which two of the following should you create to use with the override? (Choose two).

A. A Dynamic GroupB. A Static Group.C. A Workflow.D. A Task.E. An Attribute.

Correct Answer: AESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:AEadditionally, here is a decent write-up of a similar scenario... http://blogs.technet.com/b/kevinholman/archive/2009/06/10/creating-custom-dynamic-computer-groups-basedon-registry-keys-on-agents.aspx

QUESTION 146Your role of Systems Administrator at ABC.com includes the management of the company's private cloud.

The private cloud is hosted on an internal System Center 2012 infrastructure. The network includes servers that run Windows Server 2008 R2 Hyper-V and aremanaged by servers runningSystem Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM).

You are configuring a hardware profile in VMM.

The hardware profile will be used to create virtual machines configured for Windows Network Load Balancing.

In the Network Adapter Properties, you configure the network adapter to be connected to a logical network andto use a Static IP address from the Static IP Pool.

You now need to configure the MAC address options.

Which two of the following options should you configure? (Choose two).

A. You should select the option for a Dynamic MAC Address.B. You should select the option for a Static MAC Address.C. You should tick the Enable Spoofing of MAC Addresses checkbox.D. You should clear the Enable Spoofing of MAC Addresses checkbox.

Correct Answer: BCSection: (none)

Page 184: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Answers C,BIn order for NLB service to function properly, it will assign all clustered NIC the same MAC address. It cannotdo this if spoofing is disabled, so answer C is valid.Additionally, we want to make sure that once the MACaddresses are set by NLB, they don't change, this means answer B is valid.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb742455.aspx http://blogs.technet.com/b/jhoward/archive/2009/05/21/new-in-hyper-v-windows-server-2008- r2-part-2-macspoofing.aspx(Since VMM is an abstraction to hyperv, we can assume hyperV NLB requirements are thesame as VMM NLB requirements.)

QUESTION 147Your role of Systems Administrator at ABC.com includes the management of the company's private cloud.

The company has a System Center 2012 infrastructure that includes System Center 2012 - Service Manager(SCSM).You use Service Manager for Service Level Management.

You need to create a service level objective (SLO) in Service Manager for incidents that meet the followingcriteria:Priority = 1 Incident Category = EmailProblemAssigned User = Empty

What should be your first step?

A. You should first create a Service Template.B. You should first create a Connector.C. You should first create a Queue.D. You should first create a Query.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:C.SLO needs queue first (queue creates the relationship between incident type, priority and metric/escalationpath)here is additional information to support the answerC (queue). The first paragraph under "Queue:" seems toreference this question directly. http://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2012/01/25/scsm-2012-service-level- management.aspx"Queues:With queues you can group different work items in Service Manager (SCSM 2010 and SCSM 2012) by criteria.

Page 185: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

For instance: All Incidents with Priority 2 AND Incident Category ,,Mail Problem" AND Assigned User is empty.Queues are used in SCSM 2012 SLA Management to apply the SLA to a group of work items.SCSM 2012 console -> Library -> Queues"

QUESTION 148You work as a Network Administrator at ABC.com.

The network includes a System Center 2012 infrastructure.

System Center 2012 - Service Manager is used by the help desk department to track any problems reportedwith network devices, servers or computers. You wantto be notified every time a new incident that pertains to a server problem is opened.

You open the System Center 2012 Service Manager Console.

What should you do next?

A. You should configure an announcement.B. You should configure a subscription.C. You should configure a template.D. You should configure a connector.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Although you will need a subscription to receive the messages, you need a template first (to satisfy therequirement --You want to be notified every time a newincident that pertains to a server problem is opened")

When you create a template, you can specify a target class. The target class is used to target certain types ofincidents for notifications.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh519689.aspx And here- http://blogs.technet.com/b/servicemanager/archive/2009/09/28/creating-notification- templates-insystem-center-service-manager.aspx

QUESTION 149You need to recommend a solution to meet the monitoring requirements for App2.

Which Operations Manager management pack should you recommend importing?

A. The VMM 2012 management pack

Page 186: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. The Windows Server Hyper-V Management PackC. The Microsoft Application Virtualization 4.5 (App-V) Monitoring Management PackD. The Monitoring Pack for Server App-V management pack

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:And according to the download pages, only the Server App-V MP is for SCOM 2007 or later (which is also laterreleased).http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=23024(only 2007) http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=30003(2007 or later) http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/magazine/jj819422.aspx

QUESTION 150You need to recommend a solution to meet the monitoring requirements for the database administrators.

Which components should you recommend deploying in Operations Manager and SharePoint Server 2010? (To answer, select the appropriate components in theanswer area.)

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Page 187: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151You create a virtual machine template for the BizTalk Server server.

You need to recommend a method to update App1. The method must meet the technical requirements.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate four actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them inthe correct order.)

Select and Place:

Page 188: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer:

Section: (none)

Page 189: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Based on ppt from Microsoft in https://www.google.com.br/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0CBwQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fdownload.microsoft.com%2Fdocuments%2Fuk%2Fenterprise%2FService-Centric-Management-and-Self-Service-with-System-Center-Virtual-Machine-Manager-2012.pptx&ei=0K22U9wroaewBNXegdgO&usg=AFQjCNHw8saeCMlW8ufAx_twL45rfF7-nA&sig2=wm3MSug_SN4uLcV0S_Dw4A

We have the steps to Update an template. The first step maybe (copy) also can be clarified here How to Createan Updated Service Template in VMMThe slide number 28 I think describe the exact steps:We have the steps to Update an template. The first step maybe (copy) also can be clarified here How to Createan Updated Service Template in VMMThe slide number 28 I think describe the exact steps:

Page 190: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 152You need to implement the planned integration of Configuration Manager and VMM.

You install Configuration Manager and create a collection that includes all of the Hyper-V hosts.

Which four additional actions should you perform in sequence? (To answer, move the appropriate four actions from the list of actions to the answer area andarrange them in the correct order.)

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Page 191: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Note:* Scenario:/ Implement Configuration Manager and integrate Configuration Manager and VMM. Configuration Manager will be used to manage updates for the Hyper-V hosts*(box 1) In order to use System Center 2012 – Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) to manage updates, you can either install a dedicated Windows Server UpdateServices (WSUS) server or use an existing WSUS server.

* (box 2)To add a Windows Server Update Server to VMMIn the VMM console, open the Fabric workspace.On the Home tab, in the Add group, click Add Resources, and then click Update Server.The Add Windows Server Update Services Server dialog box opens.In Computer name, enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the WSUS server (for example, VMMServer01.contoso.com).Specify which TCP/IP port that the WSUS website listens on for connections (for example, port 8530).Enter credentials for connecting to the WSUS server. The account must have administrator rights on the WSUS server.

Page 192: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

If necessary, select the Use Secure Socket Layer (SSL) to communicate with the WSUS server and clients check box.Click Add.

* After you add the update server to VMM, you can configure a proxy server for synchronization and change the update categories, products, and supportedlanguages that WSUS synchronizes by updating the properties of the update server in VMM.* (box 3)In VMM, you update the properties of the update server to configure a proxy server for use during synchronizations and to change the update categories, products,and supported languages that are synchronized by the WSUS server.

* (box 4) Install and configure a software update pointThe software update point is required on the central administration site and on the primary sites to enable the software updates compliance assessment and todeploy software updates to clients. The software update point is optional on secondary sites.* Software Updates in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager provides a set of tools and resources that can help you to manage, deploy, and monitor softwareupdates in the enterprise.Reference: How to Add an Update Server to VMM; Configuring Software Updates in Configuration Manager

QUESTION 153You are evaluating the implementation of additional servers to host App2.

You need to prepare the new servers to meet technical requirements for App2.

Which three actions should you recommend performing in sequence?

(To answer, move the appropriate three actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them inthe correct order.)

Select and Place:

Page 193: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer:

Page 194: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154You need to implement and test the runbook-based solution.

Which tools should you use for each task? To answer, drag the appropriate tools to the correct tasks. Each tool may be used once, more than once, or not at all.You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

Select and Place:

Page 195: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer:

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:If you want to use integration packs (IPs) that extend the capabilities of Orchestrator, such asintegration of other platforms and tools (for example, HP ServiceManager), you need toregister and deploy them into your Orchestrator environment. This can be done using theDeployment Manager, a tool that is used to deploy runbook servers and Runbook Designers.The Orchestrator Runbook Designer shown in Figure 2-1 is a graphical interface for authoring runbooks(source same pdf page 5)The Orchestrator Runbook Tester is another key feature that assists in the runbook design process byproviding the ability to test runbook functionality prior toimplementation of your runbooks in a productionenvironment (source same pdf page 7)

QUESTION 155Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment. You create a report that lists compliance information.

Page 196: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You schedule the report to run every day at 20:00.

You need to ensure that on Friday, you can review the results of the report created on the previousMonday.

What should you configure the report to do?

A. Use caching.B. Use a shared schedule.C. Render on Friday.D. Use snapshots.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms156325.aspx Creating, Modifying, and Deleting Snapshots in Report History Report history is a collection of reportsnapshots. You can maintain report history by adding and deletingsnapshots, or by modifying properties that affect report history storage. You can create reporthistory manuallyor on a schedule.

Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms157447.aspx Cache a Report (Report Manager)One way to improve performance is to configure caching properties for a report. When a report is cached, acopy of the rendered report is saved for a short period oftime. The first user who requests the report must waitfor all processing to complete before viewing the report. Subsequent users who request the report withinthecaching period can view it right away because processing has already occurred.

QUESTION 156Your network contains an Active Directory forest.

The forest contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.The environment contains one primary site.

You need to ensure that the members of a group named Group1 are allowed to deploy applications todesktop computers.

The solution must minimize the number of permissions assigned to Group1.

What should you do?

A. Assign the Application Administrator security role to Group1. Create a new collection that contains all ofthe desktop computers. Add Group1 to the localAdministrators group on each desktop computer.

Page 197: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Add the Applicaton Deployment Manager security role to Group1. Create a new collection that contains allof the desktop computers. Add Group1 to the localAdministrators group on each desktop computer.

C. Assign the Application Deployment Manager security role to Group1. Create a new collection thatcontains all of the desktop computers. Scope Group1 to thenew collection.

D. Assign the Application Administrator security role to Group1. Create a new collection that contains all ofthe desktop computers. Scope Group1 to the newcollection.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524341.aspx Glossary for Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Application AdministratorA security role that grants permissions to administrative users so that they can perform both the Application Deployment Manager role and the Application Authorrole.Application Deployment ManagerA security role that grants permissions to administrative users so that they can deploy and monitorapplications.http://blogs.technet.com/b/hhoy/archive/2012/03/07/role-based-administration-in-system-center- 2012-configuration-manager.aspxRole-Based Administration in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager In Configuration Manager 2012, Security Roles are used to collectively group objects andpermissions(operations) for assignment to an Administrator. Instead of an individual permission set on a single instance ofobject, the Security Role provides asingle Role assignment to an administrator; reducing the overallcomplexity with permission management. An object in the Security Role is something that you wanttomanage access to and permission is the operational functions, such as Read, Modify and Delete.

QUESTION 157Your network contains a single Active Directory domain.

The domain contains a System Center Configuration Manger 2007 site and a System Center 2012Configuration Manager site.

You need to ensure that you can migrate objects from Configuration Manger 2007 to ConfigurationManager 2012.

What should you do?

A. Assign the computer account of the Central Administration site server permission to the ConfigurationManger 2007 site.Assign the computer account of the Central Administration site server permission to the Microsoft SQLServer database instance.

B. Connect the Configuration Manager 2007 primary site as a child primary site of the Configuration Manager2012 primary site.C. Extend the Active Directory schema and assign the Central Administration site server permissions to theSystem\System Management container.D. Connect the Configuration Manager 2012 primary site as a child primary site of the Configuration Manager2007 primary site.

Correct Answer: A

Page 198: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712991.aspx Determine Whether to Migrate Configuration Manager 2007 to System Center 2012 ConfigurationManagerIn Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, the built-in migration functionality replaces in-placeupgrades of existing Configuration Managerinfrastructure by providing a process that transfers data fromactive Configuration Manager 2007 sites. The functionality provided by migration helps youmaintaininvestments that you have made in configurations and deployments while you can take full advantage of corechanges in the product introduced in SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager. These changes include asimplified Configuration Manager hierarchy that uses fewer sites and resources, and the improvedprocessingby use of native 64-bit code that runs on 64-bit hardware.

Migration can transfer most data from Configuration Manager 2007. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg681981.aspx Planning for Migration to SystemCenter 2012 Configuration Manager You must first install a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager hierarchy to be the destination hierarchybefore you canmigrate data from a supported source hierarchy. After you install the destination hierarchy, configure the management features and functions that you want touse inyour destination hierarchy before you start to migrate data.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712313.aspx Prerequisites for Migration in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager To migrate from a supportedsource hierarchy, you must have access to each applicable ConfigurationManager source site, and permissions within the System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager destination siteto configure and run migration operations.Required Configurations for Migration..Data GatheringTo enable the destination site to gather data, you must configure the following two source site accessaccounts for use with each source site:* Source Site Account: This account is used to access the SMS Provider of the source site.* For a Configuration Manager 2007 SP2 source site, this account requires Read permission to allsource site objects.* For a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager source site, this account requires Readpermission to all source site objects, You grant this permission to theaccount by using role- basedadministration.* Source Site Database Account: This account is used to access the SQL Server database of thesource site and requires Read and Execute permissions to thesource site database. You can configure these accounts when you configure a new source hierarchy, data gathering for anadditional source site, or when youreconfigure the credentials for a source site. These accounts can usea domain user account, or you can specify the computer account of the top-level site of thedestinationhierarchy.

Security Note: If you use the Configuration Manager computer account for either access account, ensurethat this account is a member of the security groupDistributed COM Users in the domain where thesource site resides.

When gathering data, the following network protocols and ports are used:NetBIOS/SMB 445 (TCP)RPC (WMI) - 135 (TCP)SQL Server - 1433 (TCP)

Page 199: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 158Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Management environment.

The network contains 10 database servers that run Microsoft SQL Server 2008. You have a configuration baseline that is used to monitor database servers.

You confirm that all of the database servers downloaded the configuration baseline. You discover that a database server named Server1 fails to report any data forthe configuration baseline.

You need to identify whether Server 1 evaluates the configuration items that are part of theconfiguration baseline.

Which log file should you review?

A. Locationservices.logB. Smsexec.logC. Ccm.logD. Sdmagent.logE. Dcmagent.logF. Rcmctrl.logG. Wsyncmgr.logH. Ciagent.logI. Hman.logJ. Contenttransfermanager.logK. Sitestat.log

Correct Answer: ESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager

DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.Further information:Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.Smsexec.log

Page 200: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Site server or site system server log fielRecords the processing of all site server component threads.Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informative details about installing the software updates required forcompliance.Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Ciagent.logClient log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.hman.logSite server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.ContentTransferManager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability and disk space monitoring process of all site systems.

QUESTION 159You enable Client Push.You run Active Directory System Discovery.

You discover that some of the discovered computers do not have the System Center 2012 Configuration Manager client installed.

You need to identify why Client Push fails of the client computers.Which log file should you review?

A. Locationservices.logB. Smsexec.logC. Ccm.logD. Sdmagent.logE. Dcmagent.log

Page 201: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

F. Rcmctrl.logG. Wsyncmgr.logH. Ciagent.logI. Hman.logJ. Contenttransfermanager.logK. Sitestat.log

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.Further information:Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.Smsexec.logSite server or site system server log file Records the processing of all site server component threads.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informativedetails about installing the software updates required forcompliance.

DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Ciagent.logClient log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.hman.logSite server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.ContentTransferManager.logClient log file

Page 202: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Schedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability and disk space monitoring process of all site systems.

QUESTION 160Your company uses System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to deploy applications. The company purchases a new application named App1. App1 can beinstalled only on client computers thatrun Windows 7.

You need to ensure that App1 is installed only on Windows 7 computers that have at least 2 Gb ofmemory and 300 Gb of free disk space.

What should you create?

A. a Query objectB. custom client user settingsC. a configuration baselineD. a query-based collection

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682177.aspx Introduction to Collections in Configuration ManagerCollections in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager represent logical groupings of resources, such asusers and devices. You can use collections to help youperform many tasks, such as managing applications,deploying compliance settings, or installing software updates. You can also use collections to managegroupsof client settings...Query RuleQuery rules dynamically update the membership of a collection based on a query that Configuration Managerruns on a schedule. For example, you can create acollection of users who are a member of the HumanResources organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services. Unlike direct rule collections, thiscollectionmembership automatically updates when you add or remove new users to the Human Resourcesorganizational unit.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682073.aspx Prerequisites for Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager ..To run queries related to compliance settings: Read permission for the Query object. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712688.aspx Planning for ClientSettings in Configuration ManagerUse client settings in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to configure user and device settings for thehierarchy. Client settings include configurationoptions such as the hardware inventory and schedule, and thepolling schedule for client policy.

All Configuration Manager clients in the hierarchy use the Default Client Settings that are automatically createdwhen you install Configuration Manager. However,

Page 203: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

you can modify the default client settings and you cancreate custom client settings to override the default client settings for specific users or devices.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682139.aspx Introduction to Compliance Settings in Configuration Manager ..Compliance is evaluated by defining a configuration baseline that contains the configuration items that youwant to evaluate and settings and rules that describe thelevel of compliance you must have.

QUESTION 161Your network contains a Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) server.

All client computers are configured as WSUS clients.

All of the client computers have Windows Firewall enabled. Windows Firewall is configured to allow File and Printer Sharing. Users are not configured as localAdministrators on their client computers.You deploy System Center 2012 Configuration Manager.You need to identify which methods you can use to deploy the Configuration Manager client to an ofthe client computers.

Which client installation methods should you identify? (Choose all that Apply.)

A. a logon script installationB. a manual client installationC. a software update-based client installationD. a Client Push InstallationE. an Active Directory Group Policy-based installation

Correct Answer: CDESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:The Logon script runs with the user's credentials.Manual installation also runs with the user's credentials. Software update point uses the local SYSTEM account and All client computers are configured asWSUSclients. So the firewall should not affect functionality. Client Push Installation requires File and Printer Sharing and runs with the local SYSTEM account.Group Policy Installation requires File and Printer Sharing and runs with the local SYSTEM account.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682191.aspx Determine the Client Installation Method to Use for Windows Computers in Configuration ManagerThe following table outlines the advantages and disadvantages of each client installation method to help youdetermine which will work best in your organization:Client push installationCan be used to install the client on a single computer, a collection of computers, or to the results from aquery.

Can be used to automatically install the client on all discovered computers. Automatically uses client installation properties defined on the Client tab in the ClientPush Installation

Page 204: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Properties dialog box.Can cause high network traffic when pushing to large collections. Can only be used on computers that have been discovered by System Center 2012ConfigurationManager.Cannot be used to install clients in a workgroup.A client push installation account must be specified that has administrative rights to the intended clientcomputer.

Windows Firewall must be configured on client computers with exceptions so that client push installationcan be completed.

You cannot cancel client push installation. When you use this client installation method for a site,Configuration Manager tries to install the client on all discoveredresources and retries any failures for upto 7 days.

Software update point-based installationCan use your existing software updates infrastructure to manage the client software. Can automatically install the client software on new computers if WindowsServer Update Services(WSUS) and Group Policy settings in Active Directory Domain Services are configured correctly.

Does not require computers to be discovered before the client can be installed. Computers can read client installation properties that have been published to ActiveDirectory DomainServices.Will reinstall the client software if it is removed.Does not require you to configure and maintain an installation account for the intended client computer.Requires a functioning software updates infrastructure as a prerequisite. Must use the same server for client installation and software updates, and this server mustreside in aprimary site.

To install new clients, you must configure an Group Policy Object (GDO) in Active Directory DomainServices with the client's active software update point and port.If the Active Directory schema is not extended for System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you mustuse Group Policy settings to provision computers withclient installation properties. Group Policy installationDoes not require computers to be discovered before the client can be installed.

Can be used for new client installations or for upgrades. Computers can read client installation properties that have been published to Active DirectoryDomainServices.

Does not require you to configure and maintain an installation account for the intended client computer.Can cause high network traffic if a large number of clients are being installed. If the Active Directory schema is not extended for System Center 2012 ConfigurationManager, you mustuse Group Policy settings to add client installation properties to computers in your site. Logon script installationDoes not require computers to bediscovered before the client can be installed.

Supports using command-line properties for CCMSetup.Can cause high network traffic if a large number of clients are being installed over a short time period. Cantake a long time to install on all client computers if users do not frequently log on to the network.Manual installationDoes not require computers to be discovered before the client can be installed.Can be useful for testing purposes.Supports using command-line properties for CCMSetup.No automation, therefore time consuming.

Page 205: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 162Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment. The environment contains a primary site server named Server1 and a servernamed Server2 that runsMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 R2.

Server2 contains the Configuration Manager database.

Server2 fails.

You install SQL Server 2008 R2 on a new server.

You name the server Server2.You need to restore the Configuration Manager database to the new server.

What should you do?

A. From Server1, run the Configuration Manager 2012 Setup Wizard.B. From Server2, run Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, and then attach the backed up SQL Serverdatabase and log files.C. From Server2, run Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, and then restore the backed up SQL Serverdatabase and log files.D. From Server1, run the Site Repair Wizard.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Answer: From Server1, run the Configuration Manager 2012 Setup Wizard. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712697.aspx Backup and Recovery inConfiguration ManagerRecover a Configuration Manager SiteA Configuration Manager site recovery is required whenever a Configuration Manager site fails or data lossoccurs in the site database. Repairing andresynchronizing data are the core tasks of a site recovery and arerequired to prevent interruption of operations. Site recovery is started by running the ConfigurationManagerSetup Wizard from installation media or by configuring the unattended installation script and then using theSetup command /script option. Your recoveryoptions vary depending on whether you have a backup of theConfiguration Manager site database....Site Database Recovery OptionsWhen you run Setup, you have the following recovery options for the site database:* Recover the site database using a backup set: Use this option when you have a backup of the ConfigurationManager site database that was created as part of the Backup Site Server maintenance task run on the sitebefore the site database failure. When you have ahierarchy, the changes that were made to the site databaseafter the last site database backup are retrieved from the central administration site for a primary site, orfrom areference primary site for a central administration site. When you recover the site database for a stand-aloneprimary site, you lose site changes after the lastbackup.

Page 206: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

When you recover the site database for a site in a hierarchy, the recovery behavior is different for a centraladministration site and primary site, and when the lastbackup is inside or outside of the SQL Server changetracking retention period....Further information:SCCM 2007 needed you to run Site Repair Wizard.

QUESTION 163Your network contains an Active Directory forest named litwareinc.com.

The forest has a single domain.

The forest contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.The environment contains a single primary site.

You create a group named InstallTechs.You need to ensure that the members of InstallTechs can deploy Applications to desktop computers byusing Configuration Manager.

The solution must minimize the number of permissions assigned to InstallTechs.What should you do?

A. Assign the Application Administrator security role to InstallTechs. Create a new collection that containsall of the desktop computers. Scope InstallTechs to thenew collection.

B. Assign the Application Deployment Manager security role to InstallTechs. Create a new collection thatcontains all of the desktop computers. Scope InstallTechsto the new collection.

C. Add the Application Deployment Manager security role to InstallTechs. Create a new collection thatcontains computers. Add InstallTechs to the localAdministrators group on each desktop computer.

D. Assign the Application Administrator security role to InstallTechs. Create a new collection that containsall of the desktop computers. Add InstallTechs to the localAdministrators group on each desktopcomputer.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524341.aspx

Glossary for Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Application AdministratorA security role that grants permissions to administrative users so that they can perform both the Application Deployment Manager role and the Application Authorrole.Application Deployment Manager

Page 207: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A security role that grants permissions to administrative users so that they can deploy and monitorapplications.http://blogs.technet.com/b/hhoy/archive/2012/03/07/role-based-administration-in-system-center- 2012-configuration-manager.aspx

Role-Based Administration in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager In Configuration Manager 2012, Security Roles are used to collectively group objects andpermissions(operations) for assignment to an Administrator. Instead of an individual permission set on a single instance ofobject, the Security Role provides asingle Role assignment to an administrator; reducing the overallcomplexity with permission management. An object in the Security Role is something that you wanttomanage access to and permission is the operational functions, such as Read, Modify and Delete.

QUESTION 164Your network contains a single Active Directory domain.

You plan to deploy System Center 2012 Configuration Manager.

The hierarchy will have a Central Administration Site and five Primary Sites. You need to ensure that you can target user groups for software distribution.

The solution must minimize network traffic.Which Configuration Manager discovery method should you use?

A. Active Directory User Discovery and Active Directory Group Discovery on the primary sitesB. Active Directory User Discovery and Active Directory Group Discovery on the Central AdministrationsiteC. Active Directory User Discovery on the Central Administration site and Active Directory Group

Discovery on the primary sitesD. Active Directory User Discovery on the primary sites and Active Directory Group Discovery on everysite

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712681.aspx#BKMK_ChooseCAS Determine Whether to Install a Central Administration Site Install a centraladministration site if you plan to install multiple primary sites. Use a central administration siteto configure hierarchy-wide settings and to monitor all sites andobjects in the hierarchy. This site type does notmanage clients directly but it does coordinate inter-site data replication, which includes the configuration ofsites andclients throughout the hierarchy.

Use the following information to help you plan for a central administration site:..You can manage all clients in the hierarchy and perform site management tasks for any primary site whenyou use a Configuration Manager console that isconnected to the central administration site...You can configure discovery operations throughout the hierarchy from the central administration site byassigning discovery methods to run at individual sites.

Page 208: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712308.aspx Planning for Discovery in Configuration ManagerSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager discovery identifies computer and user resources that you canmanage by using Configuration Manager. It can alsodiscover the network infrastructure in your environment.Discovery Methods in Configuration ManagerBefore you enable discovery methods for Configuration Manager, ensure you understand what each methodcan discover. Because discovery can generate a largevolume of network traffic, and the resultant DDRs canresult in a significant use of CPU resources during processing, plan to use only those discovery methodsthatyou require to meet your goals. You could use only one or two discovery methods to be successful, and youcan always enable additional methods in a controlledmanner to extend the level of discovery in yourenvironment...Active Directory User DiscoveryDiscovers user accounts from the specified locations in Active Directory Domain Services. Active Directory Group DiscoveryDiscovers local, global, and universalsecurity groups, the membership within these groups, and themembership within distribution groups from the specified locations in Active directory DomainServices. Distribution groups are not discovered as group resources...About Discovery Data RecordsDiscovery data records (DDRs) are files created by a discovery method that contain information about aresource you can manage in Configuration Manager. DDRscontain information about computers, users and insome cases, network infrastructure. They are processed at primary sites or at central administration sites.Afterthe resource information in the DDR is entered into the database, the DDR is deleted and the informationreplicates as global data to all sites in the hierarchy.

The site at which a DDR is processed depends on the information it contains:DDRs for newly discovered resources that are not in the database are processed at the top-level site of thehierarchy. The top-level site creates a new resourcerecord in the database and assigns it a uniqueidentifier. DDRs transfer by file-based replication until they reach the top-level site. DDRs for previously discoveredobjects are processed at primary sites. Child primary sites do not transferDDRs to the central administration site when the DDR contains information about aresource that is alreadyin the database.Secondary site do not process discovery data records and always transfer them by file-based replication totheir parent primary site.DDR files are identified by the .ddr extension, and have a typical size of about 1 KB...Decide Which Discovery Methods to UseDiscover UsersWhen you want to discover information about users, you can use Active Directory User Discovery. Similar toActive Directory System Discovery, this method discovers users from Active Directory and includes basicinformation in addition to extended Active Directoryinformation. You can use this information to build complexqueries and collections similar to those for computers.Discover Group InformationWhen you want to discover information about groups and group memberships, use Active Directory GroupDiscovery. This discovery method creates resourcerecords for security groups. You can use this method to search a specific Active Directory group to identify the members of that group inaddition to any nestedgroups within that group. You can also use this method to search an Active Directorylocation for groups, and recursively search each child container of that locationin Active Directory DomainServices.

This discovery method can also search the membership of distribution groups. This can identify the grouprelationships of both users and computers.

When you discover a group, you can also discover limited information about its members. This does notreplace Active Directory System or User Discovery and is

Page 209: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

usually insufficient to build complex queries andcollections or serve as the bases of a client push installation.

Decide Where to Run DiscoveryWhen you plan to use discovery in Configuration Manager, you must consider where to run each discoverymethod.

After Configuration Manager adds discovery data to a database, it is quickly shared between all sites in thehierarchy. Because there is no benefit to discovering thesame information at multiple sites in your hierarchy,consider configuring a single instance of each discovery method that you use to run at a single site insteadofrunning multiple instances of a single method at different sites.

Further information:Best Practices for DiscoveryRun Active Directory System Discovery and Active Directory User Discovery before you run Active Directory

Group DiscoveryWhen Active Directory Group Discovery identifies a previously undiscovered user or computer as a member ofa group, it attempts to discover basic details for theuser or computer. Because Active Directory GroupDiscovery is not optimized for this type of discovery, this process can cause Active Directory Group Discoveryto run slow. Additionally, Active Directory GroupDiscovery identifies only the basic details about users andcomputers is discovers, and does not create a complete user or computer discovery record. When yourunActive Directory System Discovery and Active Directory User Discovery, the additional Active Directoryattributes for each object type are available, and as aresult, Active Directory Group Discovery runs moreefficiently.

When you configure Active Directory Group Discovery, only specify groups that you use with ConfigurationManager

To help control the use of resources by Active Directory Group Discovery, specify only those groups that youuse with Configuration Manager. This is because ActiveDirectory Group Discovery recursively searches eachgroup it discovers for users, computers, and nested groups. The search of each nested group can expandthescope of Active Directory Group Discovery and reduce performance. Additionally, when you configure deltadiscovery for Active Directory Group Discovery, thediscovery method monitors each group for changes. Thisfurther reduces performance when the method must search unnecessary groups.

Run Active Directory Discovery methods at primary site that has a network location that is closest to yourActive Directory domain controller.

To improve the performance of Active Directory discovery, it is recommended to run discover at a primary sitethat has a fast network connection to your domain

Page 210: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

controllers. If you run the same Active Directory discoverymethod at multiple sites, it is recommended to configure each discovery method to avoid overlap. Unlikepastversions of Configuration Manager, discovery data is shared between sites. Therefore, it is not necessary todiscovery the same information at multiple sites.

http://configmgrblog.com/2011/12/29/discovery-methods-in-configuration-manager-2012/ Discovery Methods in Configuration Manager 2012..Active Directory User Discovery can be configured on Central Administration Sites and Primary Sites...Active Directory Group Discovery can be configured on Central Administration Sites and Primary Sites.

QUESTION 165Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment. You deploy the Configuration Manager client to all client computers.

You enable Hardware Inventory and Software Inventory for all of the client computers. You discover that one of the client computers fails to report inventory data.You confirm that the inventory files are copied correctly to the site server.

You discover, however, that the site server does not contain any data from the client computer. You need to identify what is causing the reporting issue.

Which log file should you review?

A. Dataldr.logB. Mp_hinv.logC. Inventoryagent.logD. Contenttransfermanager.log

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager dataldr.logSite Server log fileRecords information about the processing of Management Information Format (MIF) files and hardwareinventory in the Configuration Manager database.Further information 1:MP_Hinv.logSite system server log fileRecords details about the conversion of XML hardware inventory records from clients and the copy ofthose files to the site server.InventoryAgent.logClient log fileRecords activities of hardware inventory, software inventory, and heartbeat discovery actions on theclient.Contenttransfermanager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.

Page 211: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Further information 2:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb932206.aspx

Troubleshooting Configuration Manager PerformanceSlow Hardware Inventory Processing - SolutionIf you suspect that hardware inventory report processing is slow for a Configuration Manager 2007 site, thefollowing actions should be taken:Inspect the client inventoryagent.log log file to determine whether the client is sending delta hardwareinventory reports or full reports. After initial client deployment,a very high percentage of hardware inventoryreports should be deltas, which contain much less data than full inventory reports. If you are seeing asignificantnumber of full inventory reports, this could be caused by inconsistent inventory report processingby the site server. For example, a delta hardware inventory reportcould be processed before a full inventoryreport for the same system has been processed. In this situation, a hardware inventory resynchronizationrequest will besent to the client and an additional full inventory report will be generated. To determinewhether this is happening, review the dataldr.log log file on the site server.

Inspect the size of the hardware inventory files in the site server's inbox directory to determine whether thesoftware inventory files have grown significantly fromprevious inventory reports. If hardware inventory reportfile sizes have grown beyond an initial hardware inventory report file size baseline, you should determinethecause and whether the larger inventory report files are expected to be larger. One possibility is that the site'sSMS_def.mof file has been modified to collect moreinventory information from clients.Determine whether there is a consistent SMS_def.mof hardware inventory reporting file in use throughoutthe hierarchy. If not, thehardware inventory processor might be running very slowly because of changes inthe database schema caused by the different SMS_def.mof files throughout thehierarchy. Thedataloader.log log file will record instances of database schema changes and should be reviewed wheninvestigating this issue.

This article was originally written for SMS, but the same principles should apply to SCCM 2012:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc723597.aspx

Chapter 20 - Hardware and Software Inventory Flowcharts If a backlog of MIF files accumulates at the site server (that is, if MIF files are not being processed):Examine the Inventory Data Loader status messages or the Dataldr.log file to determine whether theInventory Data Loader has been able to connect to the SMSsite database server. Inventory Data Loadermight be unable to write a discovered client's MIF to the database.

If the MIF files are not being processed on the site server:Verify that Inventory Data Loader successfully parsed the MIF file by checking Inventory Data Loader statusmessages or the Dataldr.log file. If the MIF file cannotbe processed, it will be transferred to the \Badmifsdirectory.

If inventory from clients is not being reported to a new parent site:Examine the Dataldr.log file to verify that Inventory Data Loader has read the *.sha file, stopped all new MIFfile processing, and is creating MIF files for each client'sdata in the site database to forward to the parentsite.

QUESTION 166Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Software Inventory and Hardware Inventory are enabled for all of the client computers.

All of the client computers have an Application named App1 installed.App1 saves files to the C:\Program Files\App1 folder.

Page 212: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

All of the files saved by App1 have a file name extension of .xyz. You configure Software Inventory to inventory all of the files that have the .xyz extension and the.exeextension.

After six months, you discover that some of the client computers fad to inventory .xyz files.All of the client computers inventory .exe files.

You need to ensure that the .xyz files are inventoried.What should you do?

A. Modify C:\NO_SMS_On_Drive.sms.B. Delete C:\NO_SMS_On_Drive.sms.C. Modify C:\Program Files\App1\Skpswi.dat.D. Delete C:\Program Files\App1\Skpswi.dat.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh691018.aspx How to Exclude Folders from Software Inventory in Configuration Manager You can create a hidden filenamed Skpswi.dat and place it in the root of a client hard drive to exclude it fromSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager software inventory. You can also placethis file in the root of anyfolder structure you want to exclude from software inventory. This procedure can be used to disable softwareinventory on a singleworkstation or server client, such as a large file server.Note: Software inventory will not inventory the client drive again unless this file is deleted from the drive ontheclient computer.

QUESTION 167Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. The hierarchy contains a Central Administration Site named Site1 and a primarysite named Site2.

You discover that none of the collections created on Site1 are displayed on Site2. You need to identify whether there is replication issue between the sites.What should you review?

A. the Colleval.log file.B. the Despool.log fileC. the Rcmctrl.log fileD. the Sender.log file

Correct Answer: C

Page 213: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_SiteSiteServerLog

Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager - Site Server and Site System Server Logs rcmctrl.log:Site server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Further information 1:http://blogs.technet.com/b/sudheesn/archive/2012/10/21/drs-initialization-in-configuration- manager-2012.aspxDRS Initialization In Configuration Manager 2012We have two kind of logging in ConfigMgr 2012. For DRS initialization we can use the rcmctrl.log andinside the database vlogs view.http://anoopcnair.com/2012/06/20/sccm-configmgr-2012-site-to-site-replication-sql-data- replication-servicereplication-configuration-management-sql-service-broker-replication-groups- and-manual-sync/SCCM ConfigMgr 2012 Site to Site replication and SQL Replication Guide New (SQL) site to site replication model is the most challenging but very interesting part(at least for me) ofSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager. So, I thought of sharing the some points which are main pillars ofSQL replication model.

Key components of new (SQL) replication model1. DRS Data Replication Service2. SSB SQL Service Broker3. RCM Replication Configuration Management/Monitoring4. RG Replication Group5. Replication Pattern6. Article Name/sDRS Data Replication Service / SSB SQL Service Broker To replicate the data between configmgr sites, Configuration Manager uses Database ReplicationService (DRS). The DRS intern uses SQL Server Service Broker (SSB) to replicate data between the sites.

http://blogs.technet.com/b/server-cloud/archive/2012/03/06/data-replication-in-system-center- 2012-configuration-manager.aspx

Data Replication in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712701.aspx#Planning_Inter_Site_Com Planning forCommunications in Configuration Manager - Planning for Intersite Communications inConfiguration Manager

Further information 2:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_DiscoveryLog Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager -DiscoveryInventoryAgent.log :Client log fileRecords activities of hardware inventory, software inventory, and heartbeat discovery actions on theclient.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx#BKMK_SiteSiteServerLog Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager - Site Server andSite System Server LogsDespool.log

Page 214: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Site server log fileRecords incoming site-to-site communication transfers.

QUESTION 168Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment.You write the following query:

SelectSYS.Name from SMS_R_System SYSJoinSMS_G_System_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS ARPOnARP.ResourceID = SYS.ResourceId

You need to create a list of all the client computers that have a version of Microsoft Office installed.

What should you add to the query?

A. where ARP.DisplayName like "Microsoft Office*"B. where ARP.DisplayName = "Microsoft Office*"C. where ARP.DisplayName like "Microsoft Office%"D. where ARP.DisplayName = "%Microsoft Office"

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:You need to use "LIKE" not "=" otherwise the WildCard "%" is seen as a real identifier.

QUESTION 169Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment.

The environment contains a reporting services point.

You need to identify which tools can be used to create and publish custom reports to Microsoft SQLServer Reporting Services (SSRS).

Which tool should you identify?

A. Reporting Services Configuration ManagerB. Microsoft SQL Server Management StudioC. Microsoft SQL Server Business Intelligence Development Studio

Page 215: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Microsoft Access 2010 and Reporting Services Configuration Manager

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg508710.aspx Overview of Custom ReportsCustom reports are intended for advanced users who are comfortable creating their own reports by usingMicrosoft SQL Server Reporting Services and SQL Server Business Intelligence Development Studio, SQLServer Reporting Services Report Builder, or Microsoft Visual Studio Report Designer.Further information:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms155792(v=sql.100) Reporting Services Components and Toolshttp://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms345231.aspxCustom Report Itemshttp://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms345253Custom Report Item Implementation Requirementshttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682105.aspx Introduction to Reporting in Configuration Managerhttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh338693.aspx Creating Custom Report Models in SQL Server Reporting Services

QUESTION 170Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You need to use the Configuration Manger console to identify service level agreement (SLA) issuesamong non-compliant clients.

What should you do?

A. Configure a Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) report.B. Create an alert subscription.C. Configure an in-console alert.D. Create a ConfigMgr query.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://myitforum.com/myitforumwp/2012/06/26/client-health-check-in-configmgr-2012in- actionpart-2/

Page 216: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 171Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manger environment.

You need to create a report that list all of the client computers that have an application named App1installed.

Which query should you use to create the report?

A. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0, ARP.DisplayName0FROM v_R_Sytem AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP.ResourceID WHERE ARP.DisplayName0 NOT LIKE 'App1'

B. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0 from v_R_System SYSWHERE SYS.ResourceID NOT IN(SELECT SYS.ResouceIDFROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP.ResourceID WHERE ARP.DisplayName0 = 'App1')

C. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0, ARP.DisplayName0FROM v_R_Sytem AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP.ResourceID WHERE ARP.DisplayName0 NOT IN ('App1')

D. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0 from v_R_System SYSWHERE SYS.ResourceID IN(SELECT SYS.ResouceIDFROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP.ResourceID WHERE ARP.DisplayName0 = 'App1')

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.The environment contains a single primary site.

The primary site has a distribution point and a management point.

You need to recommend a communication solution that meets the following requirements:Communication between the client computes in the research department and the management pointmust use HTTPS.Communication between all of the other client computers and the management point must be able touse HTTP.Minimize the number of site system.

Page 217: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should you do?

A. Configure the existing management point to use HTTPS.Configure the research department computers always to use HTTPS.

B. Create a new primary child site and configure the site to use native mode.Assign all of the research department computers to the new site.

C. Install a new management point and configure the management point always to use HTTPS.Configure the research department computers always to use HTTPS.

D. Install a new management point and configure Windows Firewall to block abound TCP port 80.Configure the research department computes always to useHTTPS.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712282.aspx#BKMK_Site_System_Roles Planning for Site Systems in Configuration ManagerOptional Site System RolesOptional site system roles are site system roles that are not required for the core operation of a ConfigurationManager site. However, by default, the managementpoint and distribution point, which are optional site systemroles, are installed on the site server when you install a primary or secondary site. Although these twositesystem roles are not required for the core operation of the site, you must have at least one management pointto support clients at those locations. After youinstall a site, you can move the default location of themanagement point or distribution point to another server, install additional instances of each site systemrole,and install other optional site system roles to meet your business requirements.The optional site system roles are described in the following table:A site system role that provides policy and service location information to clients and receivesconfiguration data from clients.You must install at least one management point at each primary site that manages clients, and at eachsecondary site where you want to provide a local point ofcontact for clients to obtain computer and userpolices...http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682060.aspx How to Assign Clients to a Site in Configuration Manager Locating Management PointsAfter a client is successfully assigned to a site, it locates a management point in the site. Client computers download a list of management points in the site thatthey can connect to. This processhappens whenever the client restarts, every 25 hours, and if the client detects a network change, such as thecomputerdisconnects and reconnects on the network or it receives a new IP address. The list includesmanagement points on the intranet and whether they accept clientconnections over HTTP or HTTPS. Whenthe client computer is on the Internet and the client doesn't yet have a list of management points, it connects tothespecified Internet-based management point to obtain a list of management points. When the client has alist of management points for its assigned site, it thenselects one to connect to:

When the client is on the intranet and it has a valid PKI certificate that it can use, the client chooses HTTPSmanagement points before HTTP management points. Itthen locates the closest management point, basedon its forest membership.

When the client is on the Internet, it non-deterministically chooses one of the Internet-based managementpoints.

Page 218: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Personal comment:From my point of view, the correct answer would have been:Configure the existing management point to use HTTPS or HTTP.

Configure the Research Department client computers to use PKI certificates; considering the fact thatthe client chooses HTTPS management points before HTTPmanagement points, that would haveensured the requirements.However, if there is a dedicated Management Point for the Research Department, that guarantees therequirements and makes the above answer the only correctone.

Further information 1:

Page 219: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 220: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Further information 2:http://blogs.technet.com/b/configmgrteam/archive/2012/05/25/system-center-2012- configuration-manager-r-i-pnative-mode.aspx

System Center 2012 Configuration Manager: R.I.P. Native Mode efore System Center Configuration Manager 2012, Configuration Manager 2007 had conceptscalled nativemode and mixed mode: The philosophy behind native mode was to secure the site server and all its sitesystems, in addition to securing all site-to-sitecommunication. This involved configuring a site signingcertificate on all installed sites, plus there was an added restriction that a native mode site must alwaysreportto a native mode site. During the planning phase for System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, we listened to customer feedbackand revisited this nativeand mixed mode model, and debated our previous concept of securing the site. Theresult was client computer communication.

Key concepts for client computer communication:Client computer communication is about securing end points. The two end points in this case are the clientand the site system roles that the client talks to. A clientcan communicate by using either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol. HTTPS requires the client and sitesystem roles to be configured with valid PKI certificates formutual authentication. Intelligent client behavior: This enables the client to select the most secure communication option available:1. If the client is configured with a valid PKI certificate and there are HTTPS site system roles available,the client uses HTTPS.2. If the client is configured with a valid PKI certificate and there are NO HTTPS site system rolesavailable and the client is configured to use HTTP, the client usesHTTP to communicate with sitesystem roles.

QUESTION 173Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Your company deploys 1,000 client computers.

You discover that information about printers fails to appear in any inventory queries or reports. Information about other hardware devices appears in the inventoryqueries and reports.

You need to ensure that Configuration Manager data includes information about the printers.

What should you do?

A. Add a WMI class to the Hardware inventory Classes list.B. Enable a default WMI class in the Hardware Inventory Classes list.C. Add a file name to the Software Inventory configuration.D. Add a file name to the Hardware inventory configuration.E. Add a file name to Software Metering.F. Select Collect NOIDMIF files in Hardware Inventory.G. Add a WMI class to the Sms_def.mof file.H. Modify the Enable software inventory on clients setting.I. Modify the Enable hardware inventory on clients setting.

Correct Answer: B

Page 221: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712290.aspx How to Extend Hardware Inventory in Configuration Manager System Center 2012 Configuration Managerhardware inventory reads information about devices by usingWindows Management Instrumentation (WMI). WMI is the Microsoft implementation of web-basedEnterpriseManagement (WBEM), which is an industry standard for accessing management information in an enterpriseenvironment.

In previous versions of Configuration Manager, you could extend hardware inventory by modifying the filesms_def.mof on the site server...In System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you no longer edit the sms_def.mof file as you did inConfiguration Manager 2007. Instead, you can enable anddisable WMI classes, and add new classes tocollect by hardware inventory by using client settings. Configuration Manager provides the following methods toextendhardware inventory:Enable or disable existing inventory classes - You can enable or disable the default inventory classesused by Configuration Manager or you can create customclient settings that allow you to collect differenthardware inventory classes from specified collections of clients. Add a new inventory class - You can add a newinventory class from the WMI namespace of anotherdevice.Import and export hardware inventory classes - You can import and export Managed Object Format(MOF) files that contain inventory classes from the Configuration Manager console. Create NOIDMIF Files - Use NOIDMIF files to collect information about clientdevices that cannot beinventoried by Configuration Manager.Create IDMIF Files - Use IDMIF files to collect information about assets in your organization that are notassociated with a Configuration Manager client, forexample, projectors, photocopiers and network printers.

Further information:

Page 222: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 174

Page 223: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. Your company develops a custom hardware device and installs the device on allof the client computersin the research department.

You discover that information about the device fails to appear in any inventory queries or reports.

Information about other hardware devices appears in the inventory queries and reports. You need to ensure that Configuration Manager data includes informationabout the custom hardwaredevice.

What should you do?

A. Enable a default WMI class in the Hardware Inventory Classes list.B. Modify the Enable hardware inventory on clients setting.C. Add a WMI class to the Hardware inventory Classes list.D. Add a file name to the Software Inventory configuration.E. Select Collect NOIDMIF files in Hardware Inventory.F. Add a file name to the Hardware inventory configuration.G. Add a file name to Software Metering.H. Add a WMI class to the Sms_def.mof file.I. Modify the Enable software inventory on clients setting.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Answer: Add a WMI class to the Hardware inventory Classes list.Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712290.aspx How to Extend Hardware Inventory in Configuration Manager System Center 2012 Configuration Managerhardware inventory reads information about devices by usingWindows Management Instrumentation (WMI). WMI is the Microsoft implementation of web-basedEnterpriseManagement (WBEM), which is an industry standard for accessing management information in an enterpriseenvironment.

In previous versions of Configuration Manager, you could extend hardware inventory by modifying the filesms_def.mof on the site server...In System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, you no longer edit the sms_def.mof file as you did inConfiguration Manager 2007. Instead, you can enable anddisable WMI classes, and add new classes tocollect by hardware inventory by using client settings. Configuration Manager provides the following methods toextendhardware inventory:Enable or disable existing inventory classes - You can enable or disable the default inventory classesused by Configuration Manager or you can create customclient settings that allow you to collect differenthardware inventory classes from specified collections of clients. Add a new inventory class - You can add a newinventory class from the WMI namespace of anotherdevice.

Page 224: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Import and export hardware inventory classes - You can import and export Managed Object Format(MOF) files that contain inventory classes from the Configuration Manager console. Create NOIDMIF Files - Use NOIDMIF files to collect information about clientdevices that cannot beinventoried by Configuration Manager.Create IDMIF Files - Use IDMIF files to collect information about assets in your organization that are notassociated with a Configuration Manager client, forexample, projectors, photocopiers and network printers.

http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa394143%28v=vs.85%29.aspx

Win32_Environment class (Windows)The Win32_Environment WMI class represents an environment or system environment setting on a Windowscomputer system. Querying this class returnsenvironment variables found in:HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Sessionmanager\Environment AndHKEY_USERS\<user>\EnvironmentFurther information:

QUESTION 175Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Your company deploys a custom Application to 2,000 client computers by using Configuration Manager.The Application is not listed in Add Remove Programs.

You discover that information about the Application fails to appear in the inventory queries and inventoryreports.

You verify that information about other Applications appear in the inventory reports.

You need to ensure that Configuration Manager data includes installation information about the customApplication.

What should you do?

A. Add a file name to Software Metering.B. Add a WMI class to the Hardware Inventory Classes file.C. Add a file name to the Hardware Inventory configuration.D. Enable a default WMI Cass in the Hardware Inventory Classes list.E. Select Collect NOIDMIF files in Hardware Inventory.F. Add a file name to the Software Inventory configuration.G. Modify the Enable hardware inventory on Cents setting.H. Add a WMI class to the Sms_def.mof file.

Correct Answer: FSection: (none)

Page 225: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682049.aspx

Introduction to Software Inventory in Configuration Manager Use software inventory in System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to collect information about filesthat arecontained on client devices in your organization. Additionally, software inventory can collect files from clientdevices and store these on the site server.Software inventory is collected when the Enable software inventoryon clients setting is enabled in client settings.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh509028.aspx How to Configure Software Inventory in Configuration Manager http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/4acd0c29-e453-4863-8194- e479263291c8#BKMK_SoftInventoryDeviceSettingsAbout Client Settings in Configuration Manager - Software Inventory

Page 226: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 176

Page 227: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

Your company deploys a third-party Application to 10,000 client computers.

You need to ensure that you can run a report that lists all of the client computers that ran theApplication last month.

What should you do?

A. Modify the Enable hardware inventory on clients setting.B. Enable a default WMI class in the Hardware Inventory Classes list.C. Modify the Enable software inventory on clients setting.D. Add a file name to the Hardware Inventory configuration.E. Add a WMI class to the Hardware Inventory Classes list.F. Add a file name to the Software Inventory configuration.G. Add a file name to Software Metering.H. Add a WMI class to the Sms_def.mof file.I. Select Collect NOIDMIF files in Hardware Inventory.

Correct Answer: GSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682005.aspx Introduction to Software Metering in Configuration Manager Use software metering in System Center 2012Configuration Manager to monitor and collect software usagedata from Configuration Manager clients. To collect this usage data, configure software metering rulesor use the Configuration Manager inventory togenerate these rules automatically. Client computers evaluate these rules and collect metering data to send tothe site.

QUESTION 177Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You need to create a report that lists all of the client computers that do not have an Application namedApp1 installed.

Which query should you use to create the report?

A. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0, ARP.DisplayName0FROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP. ResourceID WHEREARP.DisplayName0 NOT IN ('App1')

Page 228: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

B. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0 from v_R_System SYSWHERE SYS.ResourceID IN(SELECT SYS.ResourceIDFROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID - ARP.ResourceID.WHEREARP.DisplayName0 = 'App1')

C. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0 from v_R_System SYSWHERE SYS.ResourceID NOT IN(SELECT SYS.ResourceIDFROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINv_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID = ARP.ResourceID WHEREARP.DisplayName0 = 'App1')

D. SELECT SYS.Netbios_Name0, ARP.DisplayName0FROM v_R_System AS SYS INNER JOINV_GS_ADD_REMOVE_PROGRAMS AS ARP ON SYS.ResourceID - ARP.ResourceID WHEREARP.DisplayName0 NOT LIKE 'App1'

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:SELECT computer name FROM table v_R_System (SQL Syntax) WHERE resource ResourceID is NOT INAdd Remove Programs WHERE DisplayName0 = 'App1'http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_join_inner.aspSQL INNER JOIN KeywordThe INNER JOIN keyword returns rows when there is at least one match in both tables.

QUESTION 178You need to recommend a solution to prepare the infrastructure for the planned monitoring implementation.

Which three actions should you recommend performing after NWT-SCOM01 is deployed and NWT-VMM01 is upgraded? Each correct answer presents part of thesolution.

A. On NWT-VMM01, configure integration with Operations Manager.B. On NWT-SCOM01, import all of the management packs that start with Microsoft.SystemCenter.VirtualMachineManager.Storage.C. On NWT-VMM01, configure integration with WSUS.D. On NWT-SCOM01, install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent and the Virtual Machine Manager console.

Page 229: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

E. On NWT-VMM01, install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent and the Operations Manager console.

Correct Answer: ABESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:The technet articlehttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh882396.aspx How to Connect VMM withOperations Manager" , mentions:· Install an Operations Manager Operations console on the VMM management server. (option E) · Install Operations Manager agents on the VMM managementserver (option E) and all hosts undermanagement by VMM (managed hosts). For more information, see Operations Manager Agent InstallationMethods.· In Operations Manager, import the necessary management packs (option B) About Option A: we have technethttp://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dn469610.aspx PlanningConsiderations for Upgrading VMM " that mentions:"If you have an existing connection to Operations Manager, the connection is removed during the upgradeprocess""After the upgrade process completes, you can reconfigure your connection to Operations Manager"

QUESTION 179You need to create an object that meets the incident management requirement after all the planned System Center 2012 R2 servers are deployed.

Which type of object should you use?

A. A VMM service templateB. An Orchestrator runbookC. A Windows PowerShell scriptD. A Service Manager workflow

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180You need to recommend a solution to monitor the UNIX-based web application.

What should you include in the recommendation?

Page 230: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. The Monitoring Pack for UNIX and Linux Operating SystemsB. A TCP Port monitorC. A Web Application Transaction MonitorD. Global Service Monitor

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://blogs.technet.com/b/cbernier/archive/2014/01/10/monitoring-your-unix-linux-servers- with-system-centeroperations-manager-2012.aspx

QUESTION 181You need to recommend a management pack template to monitor the web applications that run on the Windows servers.

Which management pack template should you recommend?

A. Web Application Transaction MonitoringB. .NET Application Performance MonitoringC. TCP PortD. Process Monitoring

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182You need to recommend a tool to view the performance monitoring results of App1.

What should you recommend?

A. The Performance Monitor WizardB. The Operations Manager web consoleC. PerfViewD. Visual Studio Authoring Extensions

Page 231: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183You need to recommend which configurations must be performed to meet the requirements for Service3.

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. Configure Global Service Monitor.B. Integrate Operations Manager and VMM.C. Create a Windows Events monitor.D. Create a Windows Performance Counters monitor.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427287.aspx

QUESTION 184You need to implement the planned reporting changes after the Reporting server in the London office is deployed.

What should you do?

A. From the Operations Manager console, configure the Security settings.B. From the Operations Manager Shell, run the Enable-SCOMOperationalDataReportingcmdlet.C. From Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS), upload a report model (.smdl) file and select a data source.D. From the Operations Manager console, configure the Reporting settings.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 232: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 185You need to implement the incident management changes.What should you do?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. From Windows PowerShell, run the Update-SCSMWorkflowcmdlet.B. From the Service Manager console, add a workflow.C. From Windows PowerShell, run the Update-SCSMDCMWorkflowcmdletD. From the Service Manager console, edit an existing workflow.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186You need to identify which backup solution meets the technical requirements.

What should you identify?

A. A system state backup of LON-SQL1B. A backup of the Windows\DigitalLocker folder on LON-DC2C. A system state backup of MON-DC1D. A backup of the Windows\DigitalLocker folder on MON-DC2

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 233: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187You need to recommend a solution to implement the changes for the incident impact value.

What should you recommend doing from the Service Manager console?

A. From the Library workspace, edit a template.B. From the Library workspace, edit a list.C. From the Work Items workspace, edit a view.D. From the Administration workspace, edit the Settings.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Provide users with the ability to select an impact value of ALL computers for an incident. To meet the criteriafor the incident impact value change you must uselists.http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh519706.aspx And here:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh519655.aspx

QUESTION 188You need to ensure that the owners of virtual machines are notified automatically if their virtual machine exceeds a specified resource utilization threshold. Whatshould you create? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. A Service Manager incident workflow and an Operations Manager subscriptionB. An Operations Manager alert and a System Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) PRO tipC. A System Center 2012 Orchestrator runbook and System Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) PRO tipsD. An Operations Manager alert and a Service Manager incident workflowE. An Operations Manager alert and an Operations Manager subscription

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 234: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 189You need to view the incidents and the related configuration items for the SQL Server clusters.

What should you use?

A. The all incident queue viewB. The active problem viewC. The service status listD. A service map

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190You need to recommend a solution to monitor all of the virtual machines by using Operations Manager.

What should you include in the recommendation? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Agents deployed by using the Discovery WizardB. Agentless monitoringC. Agents installed manually from a Windows Installer packageD. Agents installed from the command line

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191You need to recommend a solution to apply patches to the SQL Server servers.The solution must not affect user access to App1.

Page 235: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

What should you include in the recommendation?

A. From System Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM), schedule a compliance scan.B. From Configuration Manager, schedule a deployment package for software updates.C. From System Center 2012 - Virtual Machine Manager (VMM), create a servicing window.D. From Configuration Manager, schedule an application deployment.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://windowsitpro.com/configuration-manager/using-microsoft-system-center-2012- configuration-managerupdatesDeployment package. A deployment package is like any other package in SCCM, except that it contains onlythe software update binary files. The client downloads only the required updates. As a result, deploymentpackages can contain a mix of updates from multiple OSs. In SCCM 2012 SP1, a client can fall back toWindows Update if the requested update isn't available in a deployment package. You should create a newdeployment package twice a year.Sevice windows can be used if the VM was created from a Service Template.. It doesnt state this so I wouldsay A is correcthttp://www.systemcentercentral.com/a-look-into-servicing-windows-in-virtual-machine- manager-2012-viapowershell/

QUESTION 192You need to recommend a solution to meet the technical requirements for incident resolution.

What should you recommend? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. From Service Manager, create a custom management pack.B. From Operations Manager, auto resolve alerts.C. From Operations Manager, configure the Alert Sync connector.D. From Service Manager, create an Incident Management workflow.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://blogs.technet.com/b/thomase/archive/2011/11/25/autoclose-incidents-after-x-number-of- days.aspx

Page 236: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 193You need to install the new version of App1.

What should you do first? (More than one answer choice may achieve the goal. Select the BEST answer.)

A. Add the new version of App1 to a copy of the existing service template.B. From Configuration Manager, create a new deployment type for the new version of App1.C. Add the new version of App1 to a new blank service template.D. From a Group Policy, deploy the new version of App1.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment as shown in the exhibit.(Click the Exhibit button.)

(The exhibit shows that: Server5 and Server6 are in the perimeter network, while Server1, Server2, Server3,and Server4 are in the internal network.)

The network contains six servers. The servers are configured as shown in the following table.

Page 237: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

You need to ensure that mobile device information is available in the hardware inventory.What should you do first?

A. Install a management point on Server5.B. Configure IIS to support only HTTPS on Server5.C. Install a management point on Server2.D. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server3.E. Install an enrollment proxy point on Server6.F. Configure IIS to support only HTTP on Server3.G. Install a software update point on Server3.H. Install Network Load Balancing (NLB) on Server6.I. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server5.J. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server3.K. Install a PXE-enabled protected distribution point on Server4.L. Install the Windows Cluster service on Server6.M. Install Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) on Server3.

Page 238: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

N. Install a protected distribution point on Server1.

Correct Answer: ESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:This is almost a discussion about which came first: the chicken or the egg. At first glance, I would have said that the correct answer is "Configure the Exchangeconnector on Server3".However, that answer is not available in this question, leaving only the "Enrollment Proxy Point" as a possibleanswer.Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712327.aspx How to Install Clients on Mobile Devices and Enroll Them by Using Configuration Manager When youenroll mobile devices by using System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, this action installs theSystem Center 2012 Configuration Manager client to provide management capabilities that include hardwareinventory, software deployment for requiredapplications, settings, and remote wipe.To enroll these mobile devices, you must use Microsoft Certificate Services with an enterprise certificationauthority (CA) and the Configuration Manager enrollmentpoint and enrollment proxy point site system roles.During and after enrollment, public key infrastructure (PKI) certificates secure the communication betweenthemobile device and the Configuration Manager site. When the certificate on the mobile device is due forrenewal, users are automatically prompted to renew theircertificate. When they confirm the prompt,Configuration Manager automatically re-enrolls their mobile device...Use the following steps and the supplemental procedures to install the client and enroll mobile devices inConfiguration Manager. After you complete these steps,you can monitor the mobile devices that are enrolledby viewing the collections that display mobile devices, and by using the reports for mobile devices:

Page 239: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg682022.aspx Determine How to Manage Mobile Devices in Configuration Manager Use the following information to help

Page 240: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

you decide how to manage mobile devices in System Center 2012Configuration Manager. You can use Configuration Manager to enroll mobile devices and installtheConfiguration Manager client, you can use the mobile device legacy client (for example, for Windows CEmobile operating systems), and you can use theExchange Server connector. In addition, in ConfigurationManager SP1, you can enroll devices that run Windows Phone 8, Windows RT, and iOS by using theWindowsIntune connector. The following table lists these four mobile device management methods and provides information about themanagement functions thateach method supports:

QUESTION 195Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment. The network contains 10 database servers that run Microsoft SQL Server 2008.

You have a configuration baseline that is used to monitor the database servers. You add new configuration items to the configuration baseline.

Two days later, you discover that only eight of the database servers report any information about the newconfiguration items.

You need to identify whether the new configuration items downloaded to the database servers.Which log file should you review?

A. Hman.logB. Sitestat.logC. Dcmagent.logD. Wsyncmgr.logE. Ccm.logF. Contenttransfermanager.logG. Sdmagent.logH. Rcmctrl.logI. Ciagent.logJ. Smsexec.logK. Locationservices.log

Correct Answer: ISection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager Ciagent.logClient log fileRecords details about the process of remediation and compliance for compliance settings, softwareupdates, and application management.Further information:hman.log

Page 241: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Site server log fileRecords information about site configuration changes, and the publishing of site information in ActiveDirectory Domain Services.Sitestat.logSite server log fileRecords the availability nd disk space monitoring process of all site systems.DCMAgent.logClient log fileRecords high-level information about the evaluation, conflict reporting, and remediation of configurationitems and applications.wsyncmgr.logSite server log fileRecords details about the software updates synchronization process.Ccm.logSite server log fileRecords client push installation activities.ContentTransferManager.logClient log fileSchedules the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) or the Server Message Block (SMB) todownload or to access packages.Sdmagent.logClient log fileRecords details about tracking of remediation and compliance. However, the software updates log file,Updateshandler.log, provides more informative details aboutinstalling the software updates required forcompliance.Rcmctrl.logSite server log fileRecords the activities of database replication between sites in the hierarchy.Smsexec.logSite server or site system server log fileRecords the processing of all site server component threads.Locationservices.logClient log fileRecords the client activity for locating management points, software update points, and distribution points.

QUESTION 196Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manage environment. The environment contains a primary site server named Server1 and a servernamed Server2 that runsMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 R2.

Server2 contains the Configuration Manager database.Server2 fails.

You install SQL Server 2008 R2 on a new server.

You name the server Server3.You need to restore the Configuration Manager database to Server3.

What should you do?

A. Register the Service Principal Name (SPN) for the SQL Server service account of Server3.

Page 242: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

From Server1,run the Configuration Manager 2012 Setup Wizard.B. From Server3, run Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, and then restore the backed up SQL Serverdatabase and log files.C. From Server3, run Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio, and then attach the backed up SQL Serverdatabase and log files.D. Register the Service Principal Name (SPN) for the SQL Server service account of Server3.

From Server1,run the Site Repair Wizard.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg712697.aspx Backup and Recovery in Configuration ManagerRecover a Configuration Manager SiteA Configuration Manager site recovery is required whenever a Configuration Manager site fails or data lossoccurs in the site database. Repairing andresynchronizing data are the core tasks of a site recovery and arerequired to prevent interruption of operations. Site recovery is started by running the ConfigurationManagerSetup Wizard from installation media or by configuring the unattended installation script and then using theSetup command /script option. Your recovery optionsvary depending on whether you have a backup of theConfiguration Manager site database....Site Database Recovery OptionsWhen you run Setup, you have the following recovery options for the site database:* Recover the site database using a backup set: Use this option when you have a backup of the ConfigurationManager site database that was created as part of theBackup Site Server maintenance task run on the sitebefore the site database failure. When you have a hierarchy, the changes that were made to the sitedatabaseafter the last site database backup are retrieved from the central administration site for a primary site, or from areference primary site for a centraladministration site. When you recover the site database for a stand-aloneprimary site, you lose site changes after the last backup.When you recover the site database for a site in a hierarchy, the recovery behavior is different for a centraladministration site and primary site, and when the lastbackup is inside or outside of the SQL Server changetracking retention period....Further information:SCCM 2007 needed you to run Site Repair Wizard.

QUESTION 197You deploy Windows 7 by using Operating System Deployment (OSD).

The development task sequence contains steps to install software updates and Applications. The amount of time required to deploy the Windows 7 image hasincreased significantly during the last sixmonths.

You need to recommend a solution to reduce the amount of time it takes to deploy the image.

What should you recommend?

Page 243: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Synchronize software updates before deploying the image.B. Use offline servicing for the image.C. Create a new automatic deployment rule.D. Add an additional Install Software Updates step to the deployment task sequence.E. Upgrade the image to Windows 7 SP1.

Correct Answer: BESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://blogs.technet.com/b/inside_osd/archive/2011/04/18/configuration-manager-2012-offline- servicing-foroperating-system-images.aspxConfiguration Manager 2012: Offline Servicing for Operating System Images In Configuration Manager 2012 there is a new feature for applying updates tooperating system images whilethey are in the Configuration Manager library. This means any operating system image you see in theOperating Systems > OperatingSystems Images node from the Software Library wunderbar can be updatedwith Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates. By updating an image in the SoftwareLibrary instead ofperforming a new build and capture of the operating system image you will gain a few distinct advantages. Youwill be able to reduce the risk ofvulnerabilities during operating system deployments and reduce the overalloperating system deployment to the end user. You will also reduce the administrativeeffort to maintain youroperating system images.

The feature is applicable for Component Based Servicing (CBS) updates and for the following operatingsystems:Microsoft Windows Vista SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows Server 2008 SP2 and laterMicrosoft Windows 7 RTMMicrosoft Windows 2008 R2Further information:http://www.windows-noob.com/forums/index.php?/topic/4683-using-sccm-2012-rc-in-a-lab- part-12-updatingan-operating-system-image-using-offline-servicing/

Using SCCM 2012 RC in a LAB - Part 12.Updating an Operating System image using Offline Servicing.

QUESTION 198Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

The hierarchy contains a Central Administration Site named Site1 and a primary site named Site2.

You discover that none of the packages created on Site1 are displayed in Site2. You need to identify whether there is a replication issue between the sites.

What should you review?

Page 244: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. the Inventoryagent.log fileB. the Colleval.log fileC. the Microsoft SQL Server replication diagnostic filesD. the Despool.log file (or Replmgr.log IN EXAM!)

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Despool.logSite server log fileRecords incoming site-to-site communication transfers.Personal note:Usually, you look at the Rcmctrl.log file. But since that isn't one of the possible answers, you are left with theDespool.log file.Further information:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh427342.aspx Technical Reference for Log Files in Configuration Manager InventoryAgent.logClient log fileRecords activities of hardware inventory, software inventory, and heartbeat discovery actions on theclient.Colleval.logPrimary site and central administration site log fileRecords details about when collections are created, changed, and deleted by the Collection Evaluator.http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms151756%28v=sql.105%29.aspx SQL Server 2008 R2 - Troubleshooting (Replication)

QUESTION 199Your network contains a System Center 2012 Configuration Manager environment.

You have the following query:

Select

A. Name,B. UserName

FromSMS_R_System RJoinSMS_R_User UOnR.LastLogonUserName = U.UserNameYou need to ensure that all of the client computers are listed in the query results.Which join type should you use?

Page 245: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

C. LEFTD. FULLE. INNERF. RIGHT

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_join_left.aspSQL LEFT JOIN KeywordThe LEFT JOIN keyword returns all rows from the left table (table_name1), even if there are no matches in theright table (table_name2).Further information:http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_join_full.aspSQL FULL JOIN KeywordThe FULL JOIN keyword return rows when there is a match in one of the tables.http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_join_inner.aspSQL INNER JOIN KeywordThe INNER JOIN keyword returns rows when there is at least one match in both tables.http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_join_right.aspSQL RIGHT JOIN KeywordThe RIGHT JOIN keyword returns all the rows from the right table (table_name2), even if there are no matchesin the left table (table_name1).

QUESTION 200Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 infrastructure. The Service Manager management server is installed on a servernamed Server1. The Configuration Manager site server is installed on a server named Server2.

You create a baseline and several configuration items.

You need to configure Service Manager to create incidents for each Service Managerconfiguration item that is non-compliant with the baseline.

What should you create?

A. A connector and a Desired Configuration Management Event WorkflowB. A channel and a subscriptionC. A subscription, a connector, and a taskD. A task and a Desired Configuration Management Event Workflow

Page 246: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:A connector is required to bring data from Configuration Manager into Service Manager. From there, you create a Desired Configuration management EventWorkflow. Using Connectors to Import Data into System Center 2012 - Service Manager http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh524326.aspx How toConfigure Desired Configuration Management to Generate Incidents http://technet.microsoft.com/enus/library/hh495577.aspx

QUESTION 201Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

The network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 organization.

You plan to import the Exchange Server 2010 Management Pack.

You need to configure Operations Manager to send Exchange-related notifications to Exchange Server administrators.

What should you create first?

A. A channelB. A User RoleC. An Exchange Server 2010 Send ConnectorD. An Exchange Server 2010 transport ruleE. A monitor

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Operations Manager also allows you to create custom roles based on the Operator, Read-Only Operator,Author, and Advanced Operator profiles.

When you create the role, you can further narrow the scope of groups, tasks, and views that the role canaccess.For example, you can create a role entitled "Exchange Operator" and narrow the scope to only Exchangerelatedgroups, views, and tasks.User accounts assigned to this role will only be able to run Operator- level actions on Exchange- relatedobjects.Notification Accounts and Groups Individuals in your company that will interact with Operations Managerfrequently, such as an Exchange administrator who hasbeen assigned to the Exchange Operator role, need away to discover new alerts.This can be done by either watching the Operations console for new alerts or by Operations Manager informingthem about the alert via supported communications

Page 247: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

channels. Operations Manager supports notifications through e-mail, instant messaging, Short Message Service, orpager messages.Notifications on what the role needs to know go out to recipients that you specify in Operations Manager.An Operations Manager recipient is merely an object that has a valid address to receive the notification, suchas an SMTP address for e-mail notifications.Therefore, it is logical to combine role assignment with notification group membership via an email- enabledsecurity group.For example, create an Exchange Administrators security group and populate it with individuals that have theknowledge and permissions to fix things in Exchange.Assign this security group to a custom created Exchange Administrator role so they have access to the dataand are e-mail-enabled.Then, create a recipient by using the SMTP address of the email- enabled security group.http://technet.microsoft.com/library/hh487288.aspxReferences a channel here:http://thoughtsonopsmgr.blogspot.com/2012/05/scomom12-notification-errorsfailed-to.html

QUESTION 202Your company deploys System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. A network administrator deploys the Operations Manager agent to all of the internal serversthat run Windows Server, and then configures notifications to be sent by email to several departmental groups.

Two days later, a network administrator opens the Operations Manager console and discovers hundreds of alerts.

The administrator closes all of the alerts in the console.

You need to change the resolution state of the alerts that were closed.

What should you do first?

A. From the Reporting workspace, select Microsoft Generic Report Library, and then select Alerts.B. From the Authoring workspace, select Rules, and then set the scope to View all targets.C. From the My Workspace workspace, create a new alert view.D. From the Administration workspace, create a notification subscription.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:To set the resolution state for an alertIn the Operations console, click Monitoring.Click any view that displays alerts, such as Active Alerts. (Alert View will show you the alerts you want tochange)Right-click an alert, point to Set Resolution State, and then click the desired resolution state. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh212928.aspx

QUESTION 203Your company has a private cloud that contains a System Center 2012 R2 infrastructure. You run applications virtually by using Hyper-V hosts. Each application has

Page 248: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

a dedicated virtual machine on a Hyper-V host.

The Microsoft Monitoring Agent is deployed to all physical servers. Currently, all of the physical servers are monitored for memory, CPU, and disk space use.

You need to monitor the memory, CPU, and disk space use of each application server.What should you do?

A. Deploy the Microsoft Monitoring Agent to each virtual machine.B. Configure a new notification subscription for each Hyper-V host.C. Deploy the Configuration Manager client to each virtual machine.D. Configure a new channel for each virtual machine.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:Bad question IMO. The thing to know here is that the SCOM Agent is now called the Microsoft MonitoringAgent. In order to monitor VMs, you need to install theSCOM agent (MMA) to the guest, not the host.None of the other answers make sense anyways.Please see http://www.server-log.com/blog/2013/12/2/installing-scom-agent-microsoft- monitoring-agent-fromsystem.html

QUESTION 204Your network contains an Active Directory domain named contoso.com. The domain contains a domain controller named DC1 and member servers named Server1and Server2. Server1 has System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager installed. Server2 has System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator installed. Orchestrator has theSystem Center Integration Pack for System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager installed.

In Operations Manager, you have a monitor named Monitor1 that triggers an alert named Alert1. You need to ensure that when Alert1 is triggered, a customrunbook starts.

Which two actions should you perform from Orchestrator? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

A. Configure a filter of PrincipalName equals Alert1.B. Configure a filter of MonitorObjectName equals Monitor1.C. Add the Get Alert activity.D. Add the Monitor Alert activity and configure triggers for the alert.E. Configure a filter of Name equals Alert1.

Correct Answer: BD

Page 249: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/hh830707.aspx

QUESTION 205Your company has a private cloud that is managed by using a System Center 2012 Operations Manager infrastructure.

The network contains several routers and switches.

You open the Network Devices view and discover that a switch is in a critical state.

You need to identify the availability of the switch during the past seven days. The solution must also ensure that you can review which servers are connected to theswitch.

What should you use?

A. The Network Node DashboardB. A diagram viewC. The Network Vicinity DashboardD. A state view

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Explanation:http://www.techrepublic.com/blog/networking/using-the-network-dashboard-views-in-scom- 2012/5226Network Node Dashboard ViewA node is any device connected to a network.Switches and routers are among the most common kinds of nodes you will discover. The node dashboard provides details on the health of a particular device. Theupper portion of the node dashboard consists of the network vicinity view for that node, as well as"speedometer" gauges for node availability today, yesterday, in thelast week, and in the last month.

(Periods of time that were not monitored are counted as "available" in the availability statistics, so newlydiscovered devices will not appear to have had outages inthe gauges.) The lower portion of the nodedashboard includes a list of all interfaces on the node that are being monitored.

From this view, you can manually override the automatic selections of which interfaces are monitored bySCOM.Also, by right-clicking on specific interfaces, you can pivot to performance or reporting views that drill down intothe near term or long term history of an interface. In

Page 250: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Figure B, the Interface Packet Analysis report for "PORT 4 on "switch1 during the previous week appears ina second window.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 251: Microsoft.Testkings.70-243.v2015-03-07.by.Nathan€¦ · 70-243 Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager 1. Added New Questions with fixed the exhibit

http://www.gratisexam.com/


Recommended